TWI731228B - Optical film and image display device - Google Patents

Optical film and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI731228B
TWI731228B TW107107707A TW107107707A TWI731228B TW I731228 B TWI731228 B TW I731228B TW 107107707 A TW107107707 A TW 107107707A TW 107107707 A TW107107707 A TW 107107707A TW I731228 B TWI731228 B TW I731228B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
optical film
layer
optical
resin
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW107107707A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201841733A (en
Inventor
高坂洋介
小川善正
佐藤純
松下広樹
戎佳祐
Original Assignee
日商大日本印刷股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018035426A external-priority patent/JP7119424B2/en
Application filed by 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司
Publication of TW201841733A publication Critical patent/TW201841733A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI731228B publication Critical patent/TWI731228B/en

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Optical Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

根據本發明之一態樣,提供一種光學膜10,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:樹脂基材11,其係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;以及第1光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12。 According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an optical film 10, which is used in an image display device and is foldable, and is provided with: a resin substrate 11, which is selected from polyimide resins and polyamide resins. The functional layer 12 is composed of one or more resins from the group consisting of imine resin, polyamide resin, and polyester resin; the functional layer 12 is provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11; and the first The optical adjustment layer 13 is disposed between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 and is adjacent to the functional layer 12.

Description

光學膜及影像顯示裝置 Optical film and image display device

[相關申請案之參照] [Reference to related applications]

本案享有作為先前之日本申請案之日本特願2017-64583(申請日:2017年3月29日)及日本特願2018-35426(申請日:2018年2月28日)之優先權之利益,其揭示內容整體藉由引用而成為本說明書之一部分。 This case enjoys the priority of Japanese Special Application 2017-64583 (application date: March 29, 2017) and Japanese Special Application 2018-35426 (application date: February 28, 2018) as previous Japanese applications. The disclosure content as a whole becomes a part of this specification by quoting.

本發明係關於一種光學膜及影像顯示裝置。 The invention relates to an optical film and an image display device.

自先前以來,已知有智慧型手機或平板終端等影像顯示裝置,目前正進行可摺疊之影像顯示裝置之開發。通常智慧型手機或平板終端等係利用覆蓋玻璃覆蓋,玻璃一般硬度優異,但無法彎曲,因此於將覆蓋玻璃用於影像顯示裝置之情形時,若欲摺疊則破裂之虞較高。因此,對於可摺疊之影像顯示裝置,研究出使用具備可彎曲之樹脂基材與硬塗層之可摺疊之光學膜代替覆蓋玻璃(例如參照日本特開2016-125063號公報)。 Since the past, image display devices such as smart phones or tablet terminals have been known, and foldable image display devices are currently being developed. Generally, smart phones or tablet terminals are covered with cover glass. The glass is generally excellent in hardness but cannot be bent. Therefore, when the cover glass is used in an image display device, the risk of cracking is higher if it is folded. Therefore, for a foldable image display device, it has been studied to use a foldable optical film with a bendable resin substrate and a hard coat instead of the cover glass (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-125063).

於此種可摺疊之光學膜中,一般而言,構成可彎曲之樹脂基材之樹脂之折射率較高,因此樹脂基材與硬塗層之折射率差變大。因此,因樹脂 基材與硬塗層之折射率差而有產生虹彩狀之不均即干涉條紋之虞。 In such a foldable optical film, generally, the refractive index of the resin constituting the bendable resin substrate is relatively high, so the refractive index difference between the resin substrate and the hard coat layer becomes larger. Therefore, the difference in refractive index between the resin substrate and the hard coat layer may cause iridescent unevenness, that is, interference fringes.

為了抑制干涉條紋之產生,亦有使硬塗層之膜厚變厚之方法,但若使硬塗層之膜厚變厚,則有摺疊時硬塗層破裂之問題。因此,現狀為無法獲得可摺疊且不易產生干涉條紋之光學膜。 In order to suppress the occurrence of interference fringes, there is also a method of making the film thickness of the hard coat layer thicker. However, if the film thickness of the hard coat layer is made thicker, there is a problem of cracking of the hard coat layer during folding. Therefore, the current situation is that it is impossible to obtain an optical film that is foldable and does not easily produce interference fringes.

另一方面,關於此種光學膜,有於組入至影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟中附著灰塵或產生損傷之情況,有良率降低之情況。用於可摺疊之光學膜之基材由於價格非常高,故而較理想為提高良率。就此種情況而言,有將保護膜貼附於光學膜之兩面之情況,但現狀為,於將保護膜自光學膜剝離時,光學膜之兩面會帶電,因此無法提高良率。 On the other hand, with regard to this kind of optical film, dust may adhere or be damaged during the assembling step of the image display device, and the yield may be lowered. Since the base material for foldable optical film is very expensive, it is more desirable to increase the yield. In this case, there are cases where the protective film is attached to both sides of the optical film. However, the current situation is that when the protective film is peeled from the optical film, both sides of the optical film are charged, so the yield cannot be improved.

本發明係為了解決上述問題而完成者。即,本發明之目的在於提供一種不易產生干涉條紋之可摺疊之光學膜、具備其之影像顯示裝置。又,本發明之目的在於提供一種能夠提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率之可摺疊之光學膜、具備其之影像顯示裝置。 The present invention was completed in order to solve the above-mentioned problems. That is, the object of the present invention is to provide a foldable optical film that is less likely to produce interference fringes, and an image display device equipped with the foldable optical film. In addition, the object of the present invention is to provide a foldable optical film capable of improving the yield of the assembling step of the image display device, and an image display device provided with the foldable optical film.

根據本發明之一態樣,提供一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:樹脂基材,其係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成;功能層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之第1面側;及第1光學調整層,其設置於上述樹脂基材與上述功能層之間,且鄰接於上述功能層。 According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided an optical film which is used in an image display device and is foldable, and is provided with: a resin substrate, which is selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins and polyimide imines Composed of one or more resins from the group consisting of a polyamide resin, a polyamide resin, and a polyester resin; a functional layer provided on the first surface side of the resin substrate; and a first optical adjustment layer, It is provided between the above-mentioned resin base material and the above-mentioned functional layer, and is adjacent to the above-mentioned functional layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第1光學調整層之折射率低於上述樹脂基材之折射率且高於上述功能層之折射率。 In the optical film, the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer may be lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate and higher than the refractive index of the functional layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第1光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。 In the above-mentioned optical film, the film thickness of the above-mentioned first optical adjustment layer may be 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備第2光學調整層,該第2光學調 整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述第1光學調整層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。 The optical film may further include a second optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the first optical adjustment layer and adjacent to the resin substrate.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第2光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。 In the above-mentioned optical film, the film thickness of the above-mentioned second optical adjustment layer may be 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備樹脂層,該樹脂層設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面側為相反側之第2面側且膜厚為50μm以上且300μm以下,上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下,且上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切損耗模數G"為3MPa以上且150MPa以下。 The optical film may further include a resin layer provided on the second surface side of the resin substrate opposite to the first surface side and the film thickness is 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less, the optical film The shear storage modulus G'at 25℃ and above 500Hz and below 1000Hz in the frequency region exceeds 200MPa and below 1200MPa, and the above-mentioned optical film is sheared at 25℃ and above 500Hz and below 1000Hz in the frequency region The loss modulus G" is 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面。 The above-mentioned optical film may further include a third optical adjustment layer provided on the second surface of the resin substrate on the opposite side to the first surface.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述樹脂層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。 The optical film may further include a third optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the resin layer and adjacent to the resin substrate.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。 In the above-mentioned optical film, the yellow index of the above-mentioned optical film may be 15 or less.

於上述光學膜中,較佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為內側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 In the above-mentioned optical film, it is preferable that no cracks or cracks occur when the test is repeated 10,000 times when the functional layer becomes the inner side and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film becomes 10mm. fracture.

於上述光學膜中,較佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為外側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為30mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 In the above-mentioned optical film, it is preferable that no cracks or cracks occur when the test is repeated 10,000 times when the functional layer becomes the outer side and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film becomes 30mm. fracture.

根據本發明之另一態樣,提供一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:透光性基材;第1抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之第1面側;及第2抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面側。 According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an optical film, which is used in an image display device and is foldable, and includes: a light-transmitting substrate; and a first antistatic layer disposed on the light-transmitting substrate The first surface side; and the second antistatic layer, which is provided on the second surface side of the translucent substrate opposite to the first surface.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。 In the above-mentioned optical film, the yellow index of the above-mentioned optical film may be 15 or less.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述第1抗靜電層為抗靜電性硬塗層。 In the above-mentioned optical film, the above-mentioned first antistatic layer may be an antistatic hard coat layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備光學調整層,該光學調整層設置於上述第1抗靜電層之與上述透光性基材側相反之側。 The optical film may further include an optical adjustment layer provided on the side opposite to the translucent substrate side of the first antistatic layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可進而具備硬塗層,該硬塗層設置於上述透光性基材與上述第1抗靜電層之間。 The optical film may further include a hard coat layer provided between the light-transmitting substrate and the first antistatic layer.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距上述光學膜之正面為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之上述光學膜之上述正面之飽和帶電壓之絕對值超過0kV。 In the above-mentioned optical film, it may also be the saturation charged voltage of the above-mentioned front surface of the above-mentioned optical film when a voltage of 10kV is applied at a distance of 50mm from the front surface of the above-mentioned optical film under an environment of 23°C and 50% relative humidity The absolute value exceeds 0kV.

於上述光學膜中,較佳為於反覆進行10萬次之以上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為3mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 In the above-mentioned optical film, it is preferable that no cracks or breaks occur when the test is repeated 100,000 times by folding 180° so that the distance between the opposing sides of the above-mentioned optical film becomes 3 mm.

於上述光學膜中,亦可為上述透光性基材為由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、或該等之混合物所構成之基材。 In the above-mentioned optical film, the above-mentioned translucent substrate may be a substrate composed of a polyimide-based resin, a polyamide-based resin, or a mixture of these.

根據本發明之另一態樣,提供一種可摺疊之影像顯示裝置,其特徵在於具備:顯示元件;上述光學膜,其配置於較上述顯示元件更靠觀察者側。 According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a foldable image display device, which is characterized by comprising: a display element; and the above-mentioned optical film, which is disposed on the side of the observer more than the display element.

於上述影像顯示裝置中,亦可為上述顯示元件為有機發光二極體元件。 In the above-mentioned image display device, the above-mentioned display element may also be an organic light-emitting diode element.

根據本發明之一態樣,可提供一種不易產生干涉條紋之可摺疊之光學膜。又,根據本發明之另一態樣,可提供一種能夠提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率之可摺疊之光學膜。進而,根據本發明之另一態樣,可提供一種具備此種光學膜之影像顯示裝置。 According to one aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a foldable optical film that does not easily produce interference fringes. Furthermore, according to another aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a foldable optical film capable of improving the yield of the assembling step of the image display device. Furthermore, according to another aspect of the present invention, an image display device provided with such an optical film can be provided.

10、30、40、50、60、90、100‧‧‧光學膜 10, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 100‧‧‧Optical film

10A、12A、30A、40A、50A、60A、90A、92A、100A、104A‧‧‧正面 10A, 12A, 30A, 40A, 50A, 60A, 90A, 92A, 100A, 104A‧‧‧Front

11‧‧‧樹脂基材 11‧‧‧Resin substrate

11A‧‧‧第1面 11A‧‧‧Side 1

11B‧‧‧第2面 11B‧‧‧Side 2

12‧‧‧功能層 12‧‧‧Functional layer

13‧‧‧第1光學調整層 13‧‧‧The first optical adjustment layer

14‧‧‧第2光學調整層 14‧‧‧Second optical adjustment layer

15‧‧‧第3光學調整層 15‧‧‧The third optical adjustment layer

80、110‧‧‧影像顯示裝置 80、110‧‧‧Video display device

83‧‧‧顯示元件 83‧‧‧Display element

92、103‧‧‧第1抗靜電層 92、103‧‧‧The first antistatic layer

93、105‧‧‧第2抗靜電層 93、105‧‧‧Second antistatic layer

102‧‧‧硬塗層 102‧‧‧Hard coating

104‧‧‧光學調整層 104‧‧‧Optical adjustment layer

圖1係第1實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of the optical film of the first embodiment.

圖2(A)~圖2(C)係示意性地表示連續摺疊試驗之情況之圖。 Fig. 2(A)~Fig. 2(C) are diagrams schematically showing the situation of the continuous folding test.

圖3(A)及圖3(B)係示意性地表示摺疊靜置試驗之情況之圖。 Fig. 3(A) and Fig. 3(B) are diagrams schematically showing the state of the folding static test.

圖4係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 4 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖5係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖6係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 6 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖7係第1實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 7 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the first embodiment.

圖8係測定剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"時使用之固體剪切用夾具之概略構成圖。 Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the solid shearing fixture used to measure the shear storage modulus G'and the shear loss modulus G".

圖9係第1實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。 Fig. 9 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device of the first embodiment.

圖10係第2實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of the optical film of the second embodiment.

圖11係第2實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖。 Fig. 11 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of the second embodiment.

圖12係第2實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。 Fig. 12 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device of the second embodiment.

[第1實施形態] [First Embodiment]

以下,參照圖式對本發明之第1實施形態之光學膜及影像顯示裝置進行說明。本說明書中,「膜」、「片」等用語並非僅基於稱呼之不同而相互區分者。因此,例如「膜」係以亦包含如亦稱為片之構件之含義使用。圖1係本實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖,圖2(A)~圖2(C)係示意性地表示連續摺疊試驗之情況之圖,圖3(A)及圖3(B)係示意性地表示摺疊靜置試驗之情況之圖。圖4~圖7係實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖,圖8係測定剪切儲存模 數G'及剪切損耗模數G"時使用之固體剪切用夾具之概略構成圖。 Hereinafter, the optical film and the image display device of the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In this manual, terms such as "membrane" and "sheet" are not distinguished from each other only based on the difference in title. Therefore, for example, "membrane" is used in the meaning of also including a member such as a sheet. Fig. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of the optical film of this embodiment, Fig. 2(A) ~ Fig. 2(C) are diagrams schematically showing the state of continuous folding test, Fig. 3(A) and Fig. 3(B) are A diagram schematically showing the state of the folding and standing test. Figures 4 to 7 are schematic diagrams of other optical films of the embodiment, and Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of solid shearing jigs used when measuring the shear storage modulus G'and the shear loss modulus G".

<<<光學膜>>> <<<Optical Film>>>

圖1所示之光學膜10係用於影像顯示裝置者,且可摺疊。 The optical film 10 shown in FIG. 1 is used for image display devices, and is foldable.

光學膜10具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於作為樹脂基材11之一面之第1面11A側;及第1光學調整層13(以下,有時亦簡稱為「光學調整層13」),其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12。於圖1所示之光學膜10中,進而具備:第2光學調整層14(以下,有時亦簡稱為「光學調整層14」),其設置於樹脂基材11與第1光學調整層13之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11;及第3光學調整層15(以下,有時亦簡稱為「光學調整層15」),其設置於作為樹脂基材11之與第1面11A為相反側之面的第2面11B。亦可不具備第2光學調整層14及/或第3光學調整層15。又,光學膜10亦可如下述光學膜40所示般於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側進而具備樹脂層。本說明書中所謂「功能層」係指於光學膜中意圖發揮某些功能之層。具體而言,作為功能層,例如可列舉硬塗層、抗靜電層、防污層等。功能層12係作為硬塗層發揮功能者。又,功能層12成為單層構造,但功能層不僅可為單層構造,亦可為2層以上之多層構造。又,本說明書中之各「光學調整層」為單層構造,並非2層以上之多層構造。再者,圖1中,於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間設置有第1光學調整層13及第2光學調整層14之2層光學調整層,亦可於第1光學調整層13與第2光學調整層14之間進而設置其他光學調整層等而成為3層以上之構造。 The optical film 10 includes: a resin substrate 11; a functional layer 12 provided on the side of the first surface 11A which is one surface of the resin substrate 11; and a first optical adjustment layer 13 (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "optical adjustment layer 13″), which is disposed between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 and is adjacent to the functional layer 12. The optical film 10 shown in FIG. 1 is further provided with: a second optical adjustment layer 14 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to simply as "optical adjustment layer 14"), which is provided on the resin substrate 11 and the first optical adjustment layer 13 Between and adjacent to the resin substrate 11; and the third optical adjustment layer 15 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "optical adjustment layer 15"), which is provided as the resin substrate 11 opposite to the first surface 11A The second surface 11B of the side surface. The second optical adjustment layer 14 and/or the third optical adjustment layer 15 may not be provided. In addition, the optical film 10 may further include a resin layer on the second surface 11B side of the resin base material 11 as shown in the following optical film 40. The "functional layer" in this specification refers to a layer intended to perform certain functions in an optical film. Specifically, as a functional layer, a hard coat layer, an antistatic layer, an antifouling layer, etc. are mentioned, for example. The functional layer 12 functions as a hard coat layer. In addition, the functional layer 12 has a single-layer structure, but the functional layer may not only have a single-layer structure, but may also have a multilayer structure of two or more layers. In addition, each "optical adjustment layer" in this specification has a single-layer structure, not a multilayer structure of two or more layers. Furthermore, in FIG. 1, two optical adjustment layers of a first optical adjustment layer 13 and a second optical adjustment layer 14 are provided between the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12, and the first optical adjustment layer 13 and Further, other optical adjustment layers and the like are provided between the second optical adjustment layers 14 to have a structure of three or more layers.

圖1中,光學膜10之正面10A成為功能層12之正面12A。再者,於本說明書中,光學膜之正面係以光學膜之單側之表面之含義使用,因此光學膜之與正面為相反側之面被稱為背面以與光學膜之正面加以區分。光學膜10之背面10B成為光學調整層15之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面15A。 In FIG. 1, the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 becomes the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12. Furthermore, in this specification, the front surface of the optical film is used in the meaning of the surface of one side of the optical film, so the surface opposite to the front surface of the optical film is called the back surface to distinguish it from the front surface of the optical film. The back surface 10B of the optical film 10 becomes the surface 15A on the opposite side of the surface of the optical adjustment layer 15 and the resin base material 11 side.

光學膜10可摺疊。具體而言,較佳為即便於反覆進行1萬次之以 功能層12成為內側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式連續地摺疊光學膜10之試驗(連續摺疊試驗)之情形時,亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,更佳為即便於反覆進行2萬次之連續摺疊試驗之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,進而較佳為即便於反覆進行10萬次之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂。於對光學膜10反覆進行1萬次之連續摺疊試驗之情形時,若於光學膜10產生破裂等,則光學膜10之摺疊性變得不足。又,較佳為即便於反覆進行1萬次之以功能層12成為外側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為30mm之方式連續地摺疊光學膜10之試驗(連續摺疊試驗)之情形時,亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,更佳為即便於反覆進行2萬次之連續摺疊試驗之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂,進而較佳為即便於反覆進行10萬次之情形時亦不會於光學膜10產生破裂或斷裂。 The optical film 10 is foldable. Specifically, it is preferable to continuously fold the optical film 10 (continuous folding test) so that the functional layer 12 becomes the inner side and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film 10 becomes 10 mm even after repeated 10,000 times. In this case, the optical film 10 will not be cracked or broken, and it is more preferable that the optical film 10 will not be cracked or broken even when the continuous folding test is repeated 20,000 times. The optical film 10 will not crack or break even when it is repeated 100,000 times. When the optical film 10 is repeatedly subjected to a continuous folding test 10,000 times, if cracks or the like occur in the optical film 10, the foldability of the optical film 10 becomes insufficient. In addition, it is preferable to continuously fold the optical film 10 (continuous folding test) even after repeatedly performing the test (continuous folding test) of the optical film 10 so that the functional layer 12 becomes the outside and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film 10 becomes 30 mm. When the optical film 10 is not cracked or broken, it is more preferable that the optical film 10 is not cracked or broken even when the continuous folding test is repeated 20,000 times. The optical film 10 will not be cracked or broken even when it is performed 100,000 times.

以功能層12成為內側之方式連續地摺疊光學膜10之連續摺疊試驗係藉由如下方式進行。如圖2(A)所示,於連續摺疊試驗中,首先,將光學膜10之邊部10C及與邊部10C對向之邊部10D利用平行地配置之固定部20分別固定。再者,光學膜10可為任意之形狀,但連續摺疊試驗中之光學膜10較佳為矩形(例如30mm×100mm之矩形)。又,如圖2(A)所示,固定部20能夠於水平方向上滑動移動。 The continuous folding test in which the optical film 10 is continuously folded so that the functional layer 12 becomes the inner side is performed as follows. As shown in FIG. 2(A), in the continuous folding test, first, the side portion 10C of the optical film 10 and the side portion 10D facing the side portion 10C are respectively fixed by the fixing portions 20 arranged in parallel. Furthermore, the optical film 10 can have any shape, but the optical film 10 in the continuous folding test is preferably a rectangle (for example, a rectangle of 30 mm×100 mm). In addition, as shown in FIG. 2(A), the fixed portion 20 can slide in the horizontal direction.

其次,如圖2(B)所示,藉由使固定部20以相互接近之方式移動,而以功能層12成為內側、即光學膜10之正面10A成為內側且摺疊光學膜10之方式變形,進而如圖2(C)所示,使固定部20移動至經光學膜10之固定部20固定之對向之2個邊部之間隔成為10mm之位置後,使固定部20朝反方向移動而解除光學膜10之變形。 Next, as shown in FIG. 2(B), by moving the fixing portion 20 close to each other, the functional layer 12 becomes the inner side, that is, the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 becomes the inner side and the optical film 10 is folded. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 2(C), after the fixed portion 20 is moved to a position where the distance between the two opposing sides fixed by the fixed portion 20 of the optical film 10 becomes 10 mm, the fixed portion 20 is moved in the opposite direction. The deformation of the optical film 10 is released.

藉由如圖2(A)~(C)所示般使固定部20移動,可將光學膜10摺疊180°。又,以不使光學膜10之彎曲部10E自固定部20之下端伸出之方式 進行連續摺疊試驗,且將固定部20最接近時之間隔控制為10mm,藉此可使光學膜10之對向之2個邊部之間隔為10mm。於該情形時,將彎曲部10E之外徑視為10mm。再者,光學膜10之厚度與固定部20之間隔(10mm)相比為充分小之值,因此可認為光學膜10之連續摺疊試驗之結果不受因光學膜10之厚度不同所產生之影響。於光學膜10中,進而較佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以功能層12成為內側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂,最佳為於反覆進行1萬次之以功能層12成為內側且光學膜10之對向之邊部之間隔成為2mm之方式摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 By moving the fixed portion 20 as shown in FIGS. 2(A) to (C), the optical film 10 can be folded by 180°. In addition, a continuous folding test was performed so that the curved portion 10E of the optical film 10 did not protrude from the lower end of the fixing portion 20, and the interval when the fixing portion 20 was closest to each other was controlled to 10 mm, so that the optical film 10 could be aligned with each other. The distance between the two sides is 10mm. In this case, the outer diameter of the curved portion 10E is regarded as 10 mm. Furthermore, the thickness of the optical film 10 is a sufficiently small value compared to the interval (10 mm) of the fixing portion 20, so it can be considered that the result of the continuous folding test of the optical film 10 is not affected by the difference in the thickness of the optical film 10 . In the optical film 10, it is more preferable not to repeatedly perform a continuous folding test of 180° with the functional layer 12 as the inner side and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film 10 as 10 mm. Cracks or breaks occur, and it is best that no breaks occur when the continuous folding test is repeated 10,000 times with the functional layer 12 as the inside and the distance between the opposing edges of the optical film 10 at 2 mm. Or break.

於光學膜10中,如圖3(A)所示,於將光學膜10之邊部10C及與邊部10C對向之邊部10D以邊部10C與邊部10D之間隔成為10mm之方式利用平行地配置之固定部25分別固定而摺疊光學膜10之狀態下,進行於70℃靜置12小時之摺疊靜置試驗,如圖3(B)所示,藉由於摺疊靜置試驗後自邊部10D卸除固定部25,而解除摺疊狀態,於在室溫下於30分鐘後對光學膜10測定光學膜10自然地打開之角度即開度角θ之情形時,較佳為光學膜10之開度角θ為100°以上。再者,開度角θ越大,意味著恢復性越良好,最大為180°。摺疊靜置試驗可如以功能層12成為內側之方式摺疊光學膜10般進行,又,亦可如以功能層12成為外側之方式摺疊光學膜10般進行,較佳為於任一情形時,開度角θ均為100°以上。 In the optical film 10, as shown in FIG. 3(A), the side 10C of the optical film 10 and the side 10D facing the side 10C are used so that the distance between the side 10C and the side 10D becomes 10 mm In the state where the fixed parts 25 arranged in parallel are respectively fixed and the optical film 10 is folded, a folding static test is performed at 70°C for 12 hours, as shown in Fig. 3(B). The part 10D removes the fixing part 25 and releases the folded state. When the optical film 10 is measured for the optical film 10 after 30 minutes at room temperature, the opening angle θ of the optical film 10 is preferably the optical film 10 The opening angle θ is more than 100°. Furthermore, the larger the opening angle θ, the better the restorability, and the maximum is 180°. The folding and standing test can be carried out as if the optical film 10 is folded with the functional layer 12 on the inside, or can be carried out as if the optical film 10 is folded with the functional layer 12 on the outside, preferably in either case, The opening angle θ is all 100° or more.

關於光學膜10之正面10A(功能層12之正面12A),藉由JIS K5600-5-4:1999所規定之鉛筆硬度試驗進行測定時之硬度(鉛筆硬度)較佳為3H以上,更佳為4H以上。鉛筆硬度試驗設為藉由如下方式進行,即,將以30mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜10以於玻璃板上無彎折或褶皺之方式利用Nichiban股份有限公司製造之Cellotape(註冊商標)固定,針對光學膜之正 面,使用鉛筆硬度試驗機(製品名「鉛筆刮痕塗膜硬度試驗機(電動式)」,東洋精機製作所股份有限公司製造),一面對鉛筆(製品名「Uni」,三菱鉛筆股份有限公司製造)施加750g之荷重一面使鉛筆以1mm/秒之移動速度移動。鉛筆硬度設為於鉛筆硬度試驗中未對光學膜之正面造成損傷之最高硬度。再者,於鉛筆硬度之測定時,使用多根硬度不同之鉛筆而進行,每1根鉛筆進行5次鉛筆硬度試驗,於5次中4次以上於光學膜之正面產生損傷之情形時,判斷為該硬度之鉛筆對光學膜之正面造成損傷。上述損傷係指於螢光燈下對進行鉛筆硬度試驗之光學膜之正面進行穿透觀察而被視認到者。 Regarding the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 (the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12), the hardness (pencil hardness) when measured by the pencil hardness test specified in JIS K5600-5-4: 1999 is preferably 3H or more, more preferably Above 4H. The pencil hardness test is performed by using Cellotape (registered trademark) manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd. without bending or wrinkles on the optical film 10 cut out with a size of 30mm×100mm. Fixed, using a pencil hardness tester (product name "Pencil scratch coating film hardness tester (electric type)", manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) for the front of the optical film, and a pencil (product name "Uni") , Mitsubishi Pencil Co., Ltd.) While applying a load of 750g, the pencil moves at a moving speed of 1mm/sec. The pencil hardness is set to the highest hardness that does not cause damage to the front surface of the optical film in the pencil hardness test. In addition, when measuring the pencil hardness, use multiple pencils with different hardness to perform the pencil hardness test 5 times for each pencil, and judge if the front surface of the optical film is damaged 4 times out of 5 times. The pencil of this hardness damages the front surface of the optical film. The above-mentioned damage refers to the visually recognized by penetrating observation of the front surface of the optical film subjected to the pencil hardness test under a fluorescent lamp.

光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值較佳為1012Ω/□以下。表面電阻值可依據JIS K6911:2006,使用電阻率計(製品名「Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450」,Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech公司製造,探針:URS)進行測定。光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值係隨機測定10個部位之以50mm×50mm之大小切出之光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值,採用所測得之10個部位之表面電阻值之算術平均值。 The surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 is preferably 10 12 Ω/□ or less. The surface resistance value can be measured using a resistivity meter (product name "Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450", manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech, probe: URS) in accordance with JIS K6911: 2006. The surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 is randomly measured at 10 locations, and the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 cut out with a size of 50mm×50mm is used as the measured surface resistance value of the 10 locations Arithmetic mean.

於光學膜10中,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距光學膜10之正面10A為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之光學膜10之正面10A之飽和帶電壓(saturated charge voltage)較佳為超過0kV。又,同樣地,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距光學膜10之背面10B為20mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之光學膜10之背面10B之飽和帶電壓較佳為超過0kV。所謂飽和帶電壓係指光學膜可儲存之最大電壓。於在較觸控感測器更靠觀察者側配置有具備抗靜電硬塗層之光學膜之情形時,有因抗靜電硬塗層而無法進行利用觸控感測器之手指等之位置檢測之虞,但若光學膜10之正面10A之飽和帶電壓超過0kV,則即便於將光學膜10配置於較觸控感測器更靠觀察者側之情形時,亦可進行利用觸控感測器之手指等之位置檢測。飽和帶電壓可使用帶電電荷衰減度測定器 (製品名「H-0110」,Shishido Electrostatic公司製造)進行測定。飽和帶電壓設為對以100mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。上述飽和帶電壓之下限更佳為0.1kV以上,上述飽和帶電壓之上限更佳為3kV以下。 In the optical film 10, in an environment of 23°C and a relative humidity of 50%, the saturated charge voltage of the front surface of the optical film 10 when a voltage of 10kV is applied at a distance of 50mm from the front surface of the optical film 10 at a distance of 10A (saturated charge voltage) ) Is preferably more than 0kV. Also, similarly, the saturation band voltage of the back surface 10B of the optical film 10 when a voltage of 10kV is applied from the back surface 10B of the optical film 10 at a distance of 20 mm from the back surface 10B of the optical film 10 is preferably more than 0kV under the environment of 23°C and 50% relative humidity. . The so-called saturated charge voltage refers to the maximum voltage that the optical film can store. When an optical film with an antistatic hard coating is arranged on the observer side more than the touch sensor, the position detection of the finger of the touch sensor cannot be performed due to the antistatic hard coating. However, if the saturation band voltage of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 exceeds 0kV, even when the optical film 10 is placed on the side of the observer relative to the touch sensor, touch sensing can be used The position detection of the finger of the device. The saturated charged voltage can be measured using a charged charge decay tester (product name "H-0110", manufactured by Shishido Electrostatic). The saturation band voltage is set as the arithmetic average of the values obtained by measuring 3 times on an optical film cut out with a size of 100mm×100mm. The lower limit of the saturation band voltage is more preferably 0.1 kV or more, and the upper limit of the saturation band voltage is more preferably 3 kV or less.

光學膜10之黃色指數(YI)較佳為15以下。若光學膜10之YI為15以下,則可抑制光學膜之黃色調,可應用於要求透明性之用途。光學膜10之黃色指數(YI)之上限更佳為10以下。黃色指數(YI)係藉由如下方式算出之值,即,以50mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜之背面側成為光源側之方式配置於分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈)內,根據於該狀態下測得之光學膜之波長300nm~780nm之穿透率,依照JIS Z8722:2009所記載之運算式,計算色度三刺激值X、Y、Z,由三刺激值X、Y、Z,依照ASTM D1925:1962所記載之運算式而算出。光學膜10之黃色指數(YI)之上限更佳為10以下。上述黃色指數(YI)係對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。再者,於UV-2450中,黃色指數係藉由於連接於UV-2450之監視器上,讀入上述穿透率之測定資料,於計算項目中勾選「YI」之項目而算出。波長300nm~780nm之穿透率之測定設為藉由如下方式求出,即,於以下之條件下,於波長300nm~780nm分別於前後1nm之間測定最低5點之穿透率,算出其平均值。又,若於分光穿透率之光譜出現起伏,則亦可以δ5.0nm進行平滑化處理。 The yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10 is preferably 15 or less. If the YI of the optical film 10 is 15 or less, the yellow tint of the optical film can be suppressed, and it can be applied to applications requiring transparency. The upper limit of the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10 is more preferably 10 or less. The yellow index (YI) is a value calculated as follows: the back side of the optical film cut out with a size of 50mm×100mm is placed on the spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", Shimadzu) so that the back side of the optical film becomes the light source side Manufactured by the Mfg. Co., light source: tungsten lamp and deuterium lamp), according to the measured transmittance of the optical film in this state with a wavelength of 300nm~780nm, according to the calculation formula described in JIS Z8722:2009, calculate the chromaticity three The stimulus values X, Y, and Z are calculated from the tristimulus values X, Y, and Z according to the calculation formula described in ASTM D1925:1962. The upper limit of the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10 is more preferably 10 or less. The above-mentioned yellow index (YI) is measured 3 times for one optical film, and the arithmetic average of the values obtained by the 3 measurements is used. Furthermore, in the UV-2450, the yellow index is calculated by reading the measurement data of the above-mentioned transmittance on the monitor connected to the UV-2450, and checking the "YI" item in the calculation item. The transmittance of wavelength 300nm~780nm is determined by the following method, namely, under the following conditions, measure the transmittance of the lowest 5 points between the wavelength of 300nm~780nm and 1nm before and after the wavelength, and calculate the average value. In addition, if there are fluctuations in the spectrum of the spectral transmittance, smoothing can also be performed at δ5.0nm.

(測定條件) (Measurement conditions)

‧波長區域:300nm~780nm ‧Wavelength range: 300nm~780nm

‧掃描速度:高速 ‧Scan speed: high speed

‧狹縫寬度:2.0 ‧Slit width: 2.0

‧取樣間隔:自動(0.5nm間隔) ‧Sampling interval: automatic (0.5nm interval)

‧照明:C ‧Lighting: C

‧光源:D2及WI ‧Light source: D2 and WI

‧視野:2° ‧Field of view: 2°

‧光源切換波長:360nm ‧Light source switching wavelength: 360nm

‧S/R切換:標準 ‧S/R switching: standard

‧檢測器:PM ‧Detector: PM

‧自動歸零:於基準線之掃描後,於550nm實施 ‧Auto-return to zero: after scanning the baseline, implement at 550nm

為了調整光學膜10之黃色指數(YI),例如亦可使樹脂基材11、功能層12、光學調整層13、14之至少任一者含有成為黃色之補色之藍色色素。即便於如因使用聚醯亞胺系基材作為樹脂基材而導致黃色調成為問題之情形時,亦可藉由使樹脂基材11等含有藍色色素而降低光學膜之黃色指數(YI)。 In order to adjust the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 10, for example, at least any one of the resin substrate 11, the functional layer 12, and the optical adjustment layers 13, 14 may contain a blue pigment that becomes a complementary color of yellow. Even when the yellow tint becomes a problem due to the use of a polyimide-based substrate as a resin substrate, the yellow index (YI) of the optical film can be lowered by making the resin substrate 11 and the like contain a blue pigment. .

作為上述藍色色素,可為顏料或染料之任一者,例如於將光學膜10用於有機發光二極體顯示裝置之情形時,較佳為兼具耐光性或耐熱性者。作為上述藍色色素,多環系有機顏料或金屬錯合物有機顏料等與染料之分子分散相比,由紫外線所致之分子斷裂之程度較小,耐光性尤其優異,因此於要求耐光性等之用途上較佳,更具體而言,可較佳地列舉酞菁系有機顏料等。但是,由於顏料對於溶劑產生粒子分散,故而存在由粒子散射所產生之透明性阻礙,因此較佳為使顏料分散體之粒度位於瑞利散射區域。另一方面,於重視光學膜之透明性之情形時,較佳為使用對於溶劑產生分子分散之染料作為上述藍色色素。又,作為上述藍色色素,亦可使用鈷藍等無機顏料。 The blue pigment may be either a pigment or a dye. For example, when the optical film 10 is used in an organic light emitting diode display device, it is preferably one having both light resistance and heat resistance. As the above-mentioned blue pigments, polycyclic organic pigments or metal complex organic pigments, etc., compared with the molecular dispersion of dyes, the degree of molecular cleavage caused by ultraviolet rays is smaller, and the light resistance is particularly excellent, so it is required for light resistance, etc. The use is preferable, and more specifically, phthalocyanine-based organic pigments and the like can be preferably cited. However, since the pigment generates particle dispersion in the solvent, there is an obstacle to transparency caused by particle scattering. Therefore, it is preferable that the particle size of the pigment dispersion is located in the Rayleigh scattering region. On the other hand, when the transparency of the optical film is important, it is preferable to use a dye that generates molecular dispersion in a solvent as the blue pigment. In addition, inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue can also be used as the blue pigment.

自光學調整層15側朝向光學膜10,以入射角度0°照射於波長300nm以上且780nm以下之區域具有連續光譜之光,求出穿透光學膜10之光(穿透光)之L*a*b*表色系之色座標a*、b*,此時,較佳為a*為-3.0以上且2.0以下,b *為-2.0以上且8.0以下。若a*及b*分別為上述範圍內,則可使黃色指數為15以下。a*及b*之測定可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造)進行。作為光源,可列舉鎢絲鹵素(WI)燈單獨體、或氘(D2)燈與鎢絲鹵素(WI)燈之併用。本說明書中,所謂「入射角度0°之光」係指將光學膜之第1面之法線方向設為0°時之上述法線方向之光。「L*a*b*表色系」、「a*」及「b*」係依據JIS Z8729:2004者。 From the side of the optical adjustment layer 15 toward the optical film 10, irradiate light with a continuous spectrum in the wavelength range from 300 nm to 780 nm at an incident angle of 0°, and obtain the L * a of the light (transmitting light) penetrating the optical film 10 * b * represents the color coordinates a * and b * of the color system. In this case, it is preferable that a * is -3.0 or more and 2.0 or less, and b * is -2.0 or more and 8.0 or less. If a * and b * are within the above ranges, the yellow index can be made 15 or less. The measurement of a * and b * can be performed using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). As the light source, a tungsten halogen (WI) lamp alone, or a combination of a deuterium (D2) lamp and a tungsten halogen (WI) lamp can be cited. In this specification, the "light with an incident angle of 0°" refers to the light in the normal direction when the normal direction of the first surface of the optical film is set to 0°. "L * a * b * color system", "a * " and "b * " are based on JIS Z8729:2004.

光學膜10之波長380nm之分光穿透率較佳為8%以下。若光學膜之上述分光穿透率超過8%,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,有偏光元件暴露於紫外線而容易劣化之虞。上述穿透率可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造)進行測定。上述分光穿透率之測定條件與上述波長300nm~780nm之分光穿透率之測定條件相同。上述穿透率係對以50mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。光學膜10之上述穿透率之上限更佳為5%。再者,光學膜10之上述穿透率可藉由調整下述紫外線吸收劑之添加量等而達成。 The spectral transmittance of the optical film 10 at a wavelength of 380 nm is preferably 8% or less. If the above-mentioned spectral transmittance of the optical film exceeds 8%, when the optical film is used in a mobile terminal, the polarizing element may be easily degraded when exposed to ultraviolet rays. The above-mentioned transmittance can be measured using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The measurement conditions of the above-mentioned spectral transmittance are the same as the above-mentioned measurement conditions of the spectral transmittance with a wavelength of 300nm~780nm. The above-mentioned transmittance is measured 3 times for an optical film cut out with a size of 50mm×100mm, and the arithmetic average of the values obtained by the 3 measurements is used. The upper limit of the above-mentioned transmittance of the optical film 10 is more preferably 5%. Furthermore, the above-mentioned transmittance of the optical film 10 can be achieved by adjusting the addition amount of the following ultraviolet absorber and the like.

光學膜10之全光線穿透率較佳為85%以上。若光學膜10之全光線穿透率為85%以上,則於將光學膜10用於行動終端之情形時可獲得充分之影像視認性。光學膜10之全光線穿透率更佳為87%以上,最佳為90%以上。 The total light transmittance of the optical film 10 is preferably 85% or more. If the total light transmittance of the optical film 10 is over 85%, sufficient image visibility can be obtained when the optical film 10 is used in a mobile terminal. The total light transmittance of the optical film 10 is more preferably 87% or more, and most preferably 90% or more.

上述全光線穿透率可使用霧度計(製品名「HM-150」,村上色彩技術研究所股份有限公司製造)藉由依據JIS K7361-1:1997之方法進行測定。上述全光線穿透率係將光學膜以50mm×100mm之大小切出後,於無捲曲或皺褶且無指紋或灰塵等之狀態下設置,對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。本說明書中所謂「測定3次」,並非對相同之部位測定3次,而指測定不同之3個部位。於光學膜10中,目視之正面10A平坦,且功能層12等積層之層亦平坦,又,膜厚之不均亦收斂於±10%之範圍內。因此, 認為藉由於切出之光學膜之不同之3個部位測定全光線穿透率,可獲得大致之光學膜之面內整體之全光線穿透率之平均值。無論測定對象為1m×3000m之長條,亦或為5英吋之智慧型手機程度之大小,全光線穿透率之不均均為±10%以內。再者,於未以上述大小切出光學膜之情形時,例如由於HM-150測定時之入口開口為20mm

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0013-49
,故而需要如直徑成為21mm以上之樣品大小。因此,亦可以22mm×22mm以上之大小適當切出光學膜。於光學膜之大小較小之情形時,於不偏離光源點之範圍內略微地偏移、或改變角度等而將測定點設為3個部位。 The above-mentioned total light transmittance can be measured using a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute Co., Ltd.) by a method based on JIS K7361-1:1997. The above-mentioned total light transmittance is obtained by cutting out the optical film in a size of 50mm×100mm and setting it in a state without curls or wrinkles and no fingerprints or dust. The measurement is performed 3 times for one optical film, and the measurement is performed 3 times. And the arithmetic mean of the obtained value. The "measurement 3 times" in this manual does not measure the same part 3 times, but means measuring 3 different parts. In the optical film 10, the visual front side 10A is flat, and the laminated layers such as the functional layer 12 are also flat, and the unevenness of the film thickness is also within the range of ±10%. Therefore, it is considered that by measuring the total light transmittance at three different parts of the cut optical film, the average value of the total light transmittance in the entire surface of the optical film can be obtained. Regardless of whether the measuring object is a length of 1m×3000m, or the size of a 5 inch smartphone, the variation of total light transmittance is within ±10%. Furthermore, when the optical film is not cut out in the above-mentioned size, for example, because the entrance opening of the HM-150 measurement is 20mm
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0013-49
, So the sample size must be 21mm or more in diameter. Therefore, it is also possible to appropriately cut out the optical film with a size of 22mm×22mm or more. When the size of the optical film is small, slightly shift or change the angle within the range that does not deviate from the light source point, and set the measurement points to 3 locations.

光學膜10之霧度值(總霧度值)較佳為2.5%以下。若光學膜之上述霧度值為2.5%以下,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,可抑制影像顯示面之白化。上述霧度值更佳為1.5%以下,更佳為1.0%以下。 The haze value (total haze value) of the optical film 10 is preferably 2.5% or less. If the above-mentioned haze value of the optical film is 2.5% or less, when the optical film is used in a mobile terminal, the whitening of the image display surface can be suppressed. The above-mentioned haze value is more preferably 1.5% or less, and more preferably 1.0% or less.

上述霧度值可使用霧度計(製品名「HM-150」,村上色彩技術研究所股份有限公司製造)藉由依據JIS K7136:2000之方法進行測定。上述霧度值係將光學膜以50mm×100mm之大小切出後,於無捲曲或皺褶且無指紋或灰塵等之狀態下設置,對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。於光學膜10中,目視之正面10A平坦,且功能層12等積層之層亦平坦,又,膜厚之不均亦收斂於±10%之範圍內。因此,認為藉由於切出之光學膜之不同之3個部位測定霧度值,可獲得大致之光學膜之面內整體之霧度值之平均值。無論測定對象為1m×3000m之長條,亦或為5英吋之智慧型手機程度之大小,霧度值之不均均為±10%以內。再者,於未以上述大小切出光學膜之情形時,例如由於HM-150測定時之入口開口為20mm

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0013-50
,故而需要如直徑成為21mm以上之樣品大小。因此,亦可以22mm×22mm以上之大小適當切出光學膜。於光學膜之大小較小之情形時,於不偏離光源點之範圍內略微地偏移、或改變角度等而將測定點設為3個部位。 The above-mentioned haze value can be measured by a method based on JIS K7136:2000 using a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Research Institute Co., Ltd.). The above haze value is obtained by cutting the optical film to a size of 50mm×100mm and setting it in a state without curls or wrinkles and no fingerprints or dust, etc., and measured 3 times for one optical film, and obtained by measuring 3 times The arithmetic mean of the value. In the optical film 10, the visual front side 10A is flat, and the laminated layers such as the functional layer 12 are also flat, and the unevenness of the film thickness is also within the range of ±10%. Therefore, it is considered that by measuring the haze value at three different locations of the cut optical film, the average value of the haze value of the entire optical film can be obtained roughly. Regardless of whether the measuring object is a length of 1m×3000m, or the size of a 5 inch smartphone, the unevenness of the haze value is within ±10%. Furthermore, when the optical film is not cut out in the above-mentioned size, for example, because the entrance opening of the HM-150 measurement is 20mm
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0013-50
, So the sample size must be 21mm or more in diameter. Therefore, it is also possible to appropriately cut out the optical film with a size of 22mm×22mm or more. When the size of the optical film is small, slightly shift or change the angle within the range that does not deviate from the light source point, and set the measurement points to 3 locations.

於經由黏著層或接著層而於光學膜10之第1面側設置有偏光板等其他膜之情形時,於與黏著層或接著層一起剝離其他膜後,進行摺疊試驗、摺疊靜置試驗、黃色指數測定、全光線穿透率測定、霧度值測定。其他膜之剝離例如可以如下方式進行。首先,利用乾燥器對經由黏著層或接著層而於光學膜附有其他膜之積層體進行加熱,於視為光學膜與其他膜之界面之部位切入切割器之刀尖,慢慢地剝離。藉由反覆進行此種加熱與剝離,可剝離黏著層或接著層及其他膜。再者,即便具有此種剝離步驟,亦不會對該等試驗或該等測定產生較大影響。霧度值之測定設為於黏著層或接著層之剝離後,進而以酒精充分地擦拭黏著層或接著層之污漬後進行。 When another film such as a polarizing plate is provided on the first surface side of the optical film 10 through the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, after peeling off the other film together with the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, perform a folding test, a folding static test, Yellow index measurement, total light transmittance measurement, haze value measurement. The peeling of other films can be performed in the following manner, for example. First, use a dryer to heat the laminate with other films attached to the optical film through the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer, cut into the tip of the cutter at the interface between the optical film and the other film, and slowly peel it off. By repeatedly performing such heating and peeling, the adhesive layer or adhesive layer and other films can be peeled off. Furthermore, even if there is such a peeling step, it will not have a great influence on the tests or the measurements. The haze value is measured after the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer is peeled off, and then the stains of the adhesive layer or the adhesive layer are thoroughly wiped with alcohol.

近年來,積極地採用發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode)作為個人電腦或平板終端等影像顯示裝置之背光源之光源,但該發光二極體會較強地發出稱為藍光之光。已知該藍光為波長380nm~495nm之光且具有接近於紫外線之性質,具有較強之能量,因此不會被角膜或晶狀體吸收而到達視網膜,由此成為視網膜損傷、眼睛疲勞、對睡眠之不良影響等之原因。因此,較佳為於將光學膜應用於影像顯示裝置之情形時,不會對顯示畫面之色調造成影響,藍光遮蔽性優異。因此,就遮蔽藍光之觀點而言,光學膜10較佳為波長380nm之分光穿透率未達1%,波長410nm之分光穿透率未達10%,波長440nm之分光穿透率為70%以上。其原因在於,若上述波長380nm之分光穿透率為1%以上、或波長410nm之分光穿透率為10%以上,則有無法解決由藍光所產生之問題之情況,若波長440nm之分光穿透率未達70%,則有對使用光學膜之影像顯示裝置之顯示畫面之色調造成影響之情況。光學膜10可成為如下者,即,使藍光之波長中波長410nm以下之波長區域之光充分地吸收,另一方面,使波長440nm以上之光充分地穿透,不對顯示畫面之色調造成影響,藍光之遮蔽性優異。又,於將此種藍光遮蔽性優異之光學膜10應用於作為影像顯示裝置之有機發光 二極體(OLED)顯示裝置之情形時,對於抑制有機發光二極體元件之劣化亦有效。 In recent years, Light Emitting Diodes have been actively used as the light source of the backlight of image display devices such as personal computers or tablet terminals, but the light emitting diodes emit strong light called blue light. It is known that the blue light is light with a wavelength of 380nm~495nm and has properties close to ultraviolet rays. It has strong energy, so it will not be absorbed by the cornea or lens and reach the retina, thereby causing retinal damage, eye fatigue, and poor sleep. Causes of influence, etc. Therefore, it is preferable that when the optical film is applied to an image display device, the color tone of the display screen is not affected, and the blue light shielding property is excellent. Therefore, from the viewpoint of blocking blue light, the optical film 10 preferably has a spectral transmittance of less than 1% at a wavelength of 380nm, a spectral transmittance of less than 10% at a wavelength of 410nm, and a spectral transmittance of 70% at a wavelength of 440nm. the above. The reason is that if the above-mentioned spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 380nm is more than 1%, or the spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 410nm is more than 10%, the problem caused by blue light cannot be solved. If the transmittance is less than 70%, it may affect the color tone of the display screen of the image display device using the optical film. The optical film 10 can fully absorb light in the wavelength region below 410 nm in the wavelength of blue light. On the other hand, it can fully penetrate light above 440 nm without affecting the color tone of the display screen. The blue light has excellent shielding properties. In addition, when the optical film 10 with excellent blue light shielding properties is applied to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device as an image display device, it is also effective for suppressing the deterioration of the organic light emitting diode device.

光學膜10之光之穿透率較佳為至波長380nm為止幾乎為0%,光之穿透自波長410nm逐漸變大,於波長440nm附近,光之穿透急遽變大。具體而言,例如較佳為於波長410nm至440nm之間,分光穿透率以描繪S型曲線之方式變化。上述波長380nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達0.5%,進而較佳為未達0.2%,波長410nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達7%,更佳為未達5%,波長440nm之分光穿透率更佳為75%以上,進而較佳為80%以上。再者,光學膜10較佳為波長420nm之分光穿透率未達50%。藉由滿足此種分光穿透率之關係,光學膜10成為於波長440nm附近穿透率急遽提高者,可不對顯示畫面之色調產生影響而獲得極其優異之藍光遮蔽性。 The light transmittance of the optical film 10 is preferably almost 0% up to a wavelength of 380 nm. The light transmittance gradually increases from a wavelength of 410 nm, and the light transmittance rapidly increases near the wavelength of 440 nm. Specifically, for example, the wavelength is preferably between 410 nm and 440 nm, and the spectral transmittance changes in a manner of drawing an S-shaped curve. The above-mentioned spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 380nm is more preferably less than 0.5%, and more preferably less than 0.2%, and the spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 410nm is more preferably less than 7%, more preferably less than 5%, and a wavelength of 440nm The spectral transmittance is more preferably 75% or more, and still more preferably 80% or more. Furthermore, the optical film 10 preferably has a spectral transmittance of less than 50% at a wavelength of 420 nm. By satisfying this relationship of spectral transmittance, the optical film 10 has a sharp increase in transmittance around a wavelength of 440 nm, and can obtain extremely excellent blue light shielding properties without affecting the color tone of the display screen.

光學膜10之波長380nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達0.1%,波長410nm之分光穿透率更佳為未達7%,波長440nm之分光穿透率更佳為80%以上。 The optical film 10 preferably has a spectral transmittance of less than 0.1% at a wavelength of 380 nm, a spectral transmittance of less than 7% at a wavelength of 410 nm, and a spectral transmittance of more than 80% at a wavelength of 440 nm.

光學膜10較佳為使用最小平方法獲得之波長415~435nm之範圍之透射光譜之斜率大於2.0。若上述斜率為2.0以下,則有於藍光之光波長區域、例如於波長415~435nm之波長區域,無法充分地將光截止,藍光截止效果變弱之情況。又,亦考慮到過度截止藍光之光波長區域(波長415~435nm)之可能性,於此情形時,有產生與影像顯示裝置之背光源或發光波長區域(例如自OLED之波長430nm之發光)相干涉、色調變差等不良情況之可能性變大之情況。上述斜率例如可藉由使用能夠以每0.5nm測定之分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造),於415~435nm間於前後1nm之間測定最低5點之穿透率之資料而算出。 The optical film 10 preferably uses the least square method to obtain a transmission spectrum with a wavelength ranging from 415 nm to 435 nm and the slope of the transmission spectrum is greater than 2.0. If the above-mentioned slope is 2.0 or less, in the blue light wavelength region, for example, in the wavelength region of 415 to 435 nm, the light cannot be sufficiently cut off, and the blue light cutoff effect may be weakened. In addition, considering the possibility of excessively cutting off the blue light wavelength region (wavelength 415~435nm), in this case, there is a backlight or light-emitting wavelength region of the image display device (for example, light emission from OLED with a wavelength of 430nm) A situation where the possibility of undesirable conditions such as interference and color deterioration becomes greater. For example, the above slope can be measured by using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) that can be measured every 0.5 nm, and the transmittance at the lowest 5 points between 415~435nm and 1nm before and after can be measured. Calculated based on the data.

光學膜10之藍光遮蔽率較佳為40%以上。若藍光遮蔽率未達 40%,則有無法充分地解決上述由藍光所產生之問題之情況。上述藍光遮蔽率例如為藉由JIS T7333:2005而算出之值。再者,此種藍光遮蔽率例如可藉由使功能層12含有下述芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體而達成。 The blue light shielding rate of the optical film 10 is preferably 40% or more. If the blue light shielding rate is less than 40%, it may not fully solve the above-mentioned problems caused by blue light. The above-mentioned blue light shielding rate is a value calculated by JIS T7333:2005, for example. In addition, such a blue light shielding rate can be achieved by, for example, making the functional layer 12 contain the following sesamol-type benzotriazole-based monomer.

光學膜10之用途並無特別限定,作為光學膜10之用途,例如可列舉:智慧型手機、平板終端、個人電腦(PC)、穿戴式終端、數位標牌、電視、汽車導航等影像顯示裝置。又,光學膜10亦適於車載用途。作為上述各影像顯示裝置之形態,於可摺疊、可捲曲等需要可撓性之用途方面亦較佳。 The use of the optical film 10 is not particularly limited. Examples of the use of the optical film 10 include: smart phones, tablet terminals, personal computers (PCs), wearable terminals, digital signage, televisions, car navigation and other image display devices. In addition, the optical film 10 is also suitable for in-vehicle use. As the form of each of the above-mentioned image display devices, it is also preferable for applications requiring flexibility such as foldability and curling.

光學膜10可切割為所期望之大小,亦可為卷狀。於將光學膜10切割為所期望之大小之情形時,光學膜之大小並無特別限制,可根據影像顯示裝置之顯示面之大小而適當決定。具體而言,光學膜10之大小例如亦可成為2.8英吋以上且500英吋以下。本說明書中所謂「英吋」,於光學膜為四邊形狀之情形時係指對角線之長度,於為圓形狀之情形時係指直徑,於為橢圓形狀之情形時係指短徑與長徑之和之平均值。此處,於光學膜為四邊形狀之情形時,關於求出上述英吋時之光學膜之縱橫比,只要作為影像顯示裝置之顯示畫面無問題,則無特別限定。例如可列舉縱:橫=1:1、4:3、16:10、16:9、2:1等。其中,尤其於設計性豐富之車載用途或數位標牌中,並不限定於此種縱橫比。又,於光學膜10之大小較大之情形時,自任意之位置以A5尺寸(148mm×210mm)切出後,以各測定項目之大小切出。 The optical film 10 can be cut into a desired size or can be rolled. When the optical film 10 is cut into a desired size, the size of the optical film is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately determined according to the size of the display surface of the image display device. Specifically, the size of the optical film 10 may be, for example, 2.8 inches or more and 500 inches or less. The term "inch" in this manual refers to the length of the diagonal when the optical film is in a quadrangular shape, refers to the diameter in the case of a circular shape, and refers to the short diameter and the length in the case of an elliptical shape. The average of the sum of the paths. Here, when the optical film has a quadrangular shape, the aspect ratio of the optical film at the time of obtaining the above-mentioned inches is not particularly limited as long as there is no problem as the display screen of the image display device. For example, vertical: horizontal=1:1, 4:3, 16:10, 16:9, 2:1, etc. can be listed. Among them, it is not limited to this aspect ratio, especially in vehicle-mounted applications or digital signage with rich design. In addition, when the size of the optical film 10 is large, it is cut out in an A5 size (148mm×210mm) from an arbitrary position, and then cut out in the size of each measurement item.

影像顯示裝置中之光學膜10之配置部位亦可為影像顯示裝置之內部,較佳為影像顯示裝置之表面附近。於用於影像顯示裝置之表面附近之情形時,光學膜10係作為代替覆蓋玻璃而使用之覆蓋膜發揮功能。 The location of the optical film 10 in the image display device can also be inside the image display device, preferably near the surface of the image display device. When used in the vicinity of the surface of an image display device, the optical film 10 functions as a cover film used instead of cover glass.

<<樹脂基材>> <<Resin substrate>>

樹脂基材11具有透光性。本說明書中所謂「透光性」係指使光穿透之性質,例如包括全光線穿透率為50%以上,較佳為70%以上,更佳為80%以上, 尤佳為90%以上。所謂透光性,並非必須透明,亦可為半透明。 The resin substrate 11 has translucency. The "transmittance" in this specification refers to the property that allows light to pass through, for example, including the total light transmittance of 50% or more, preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more. The so-called light transmittance does not necessarily need to be transparent, and may be translucent.

樹脂基材11係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、及聚酯系樹脂(例如聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯樹脂或聚萘二甲酸乙二酯樹脂)所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成之基材。 The resin substrate 11 is selected from polyimide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, and polyester resins (e.g., polyethylene terephthalate resin or polyethylene naphthalate resin). A base material composed of one or more resins in the group consisting of ethylene formate resin.

於該等樹脂中,就不僅於連續摺疊試驗中不易產生破裂或斷裂,而且亦具有優異之硬度及透明性,又,耐熱性亦優異,亦可藉由進行煅燒而賦予更優異之硬度及透明性之觀點而言,較佳為聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、或該等之混合物。 Among these resins, not only are they not easy to crack or break in the continuous folding test, but they also have excellent hardness and transparency, and also have excellent heat resistance. They can also be calcined to give more excellent hardness and transparency. From the viewpoint of performance, a polyimide-based resin, a polyimide-based resin, or a mixture of these is preferred.

聚醯亞胺系樹脂係使四羧酸成分與二胺成分進行反應而獲得者。作為聚醯亞胺系樹脂,並無特別限定,例如就具有優異之透光性及優異之剛性之方面而言,較佳為具有選自由下述通式(1)及下述通式(3)所表示之結構所組成之群中之至少一種結構。 The polyimide resin is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component. The polyimide resin is not particularly limited. For example, in terms of having excellent light transmittance and excellent rigidity, it is preferably selected from the following general formula (1) and the following general formula (3). At least one structure in the group consisting of the structure represented by ).

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0017-1
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0017-1

於上述通式(1)中,R1表示作為四羧酸殘基之四價基,R2表示選自由反式-環己烷二胺殘基、反式-1,4-雙亞甲基環己烷二胺殘基、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、及下述通式(2)所表示之二價基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基。n表示重複單位數,且為1以上。本說明書中,所謂「四羧酸殘基」係指自四羧酸去除4個羧基後之殘基,表示與自四羧酸二酐去除酸二酐結構後之殘基相同之結構。又,所謂「二胺殘基」係指自二胺去除2個胺基後之殘基。 In the above general formula (1), R 1 represents a tetravalent group as a tetracarboxylic acid residue, and R 2 represents selected from trans-cyclohexanediamine residues, trans-1,4-bismethylene Cyclohexane diamine residue, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfonate residue, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfonate residue, and the two represented by the following general formula (2) At least one divalent group in the group consisting of valence groups. n represents the number of repeating units, and is 1 or more. In this specification, the "tetracarboxylic acid residue" refers to the residue after removing 4 carboxyl groups from tetracarboxylic acid, and means the same structure as the residue after removing the acid dianhydride structure from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. In addition, the "diamine residue" refers to a residue obtained by removing two amine groups from a diamine.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0018-2
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0018-2

於上述通式(2)中,R3及R4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、或全氟烷基。 In the above general formula (2), R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a perfluoroalkyl group.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0018-3
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0018-3

於上述通式(3)中,R5表示選自由環己烷四羧酸殘基、環戊烷四羧酸殘基、二環己烷-3,4,3',4'-四羧酸殘基、及4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種四價基,R6表示作為二胺殘基之二價基。n'表示重複單位數,且為1以上。 In the above general formula (3), R 5 represents selected from cyclohexane tetracarboxylic acid residue, cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid residue, dicyclohexane-3,4,3',4'-tetracarboxylic acid Residues and at least one tetravalent group in the group consisting of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic acid residues, and R 6 represents a divalent group as a diamine residue. n'represents the number of repeating units, and is 1 or more.

上述通式(1)中之R1為四羧酸殘基,可設為如上述所例示之自四羧酸二酐去除酸二酐結構後之殘基。作為上述通式(1)中之R1,其中就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為含有選自由4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、均苯四甲酸殘基、2,3',3,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基、4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、環己烷四羧酸殘基、及環戊烷四羧酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種,進而較佳為含有選自由4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、及3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種。 R 1 in the above general formula (1) is a tetracarboxylic acid residue, which can be the residue obtained by removing the acid dianhydride structure from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride as exemplified above. As R 1 in the above general formula (1), it is preferable to contain 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic acid in terms of improving light transmittance and increasing rigidity. Residues, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residues, pyromellitic acid residues, 2,3',3,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residues, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid residue, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic acid residue, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid residue, At least one of cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid residues and cyclopentanetetracarboxylic acid residues, and more preferably contains 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) di-ortho At least one of phthalic acid residues, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid residues, and 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic acid residues.

於R1中,該等較佳之殘基合計較佳為含有50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為含有70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為含有90莫耳%以上。 In R 1 , the total content of these preferable residues is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and still more preferably 90 mol% or more.

又,作為R1,亦較佳為將如選自由3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸殘基、及均苯四甲酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高剛直性之四羧酸殘基群(群A)、與如選自由4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、2,3',3,4'-聯苯四羧酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基、4,4'-氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、環己烷四羧酸殘基、及環戊烷四羧酸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高透明性之四羧酸殘基群(群B)混合而使用。 In addition, as R 1 , it is also preferable to select from 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residues, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid residues At least one of the group consisting of pyromellitic acid residues and tetracarboxylic acid residues suitable for improving rigidity (group A), and such as selected from 4,4'-(hexafluoroisocyanide Propyl) diphthalic acid residues, 2,3',3,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid residues, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic acid residues, 4 ,4'-oxydiphthalic acid residue, cyclohexane tetracarboxylic acid residue, and cyclopentane tetracarboxylic acid residue at least one of the group consisting of tetracarboxylic acid suitable for improving transparency The residue group (group B) is mixed and used.

於此情形時,關於上述適於提高剛直性之四羧酸殘基群(群A)與適於提高透明性之四羧酸殘基群(群B)之含有比率,相對於適於提高透明性之四羧酸殘基群(群B)1莫耳,上述適於提高剛直性之四羧酸殘基群(群A)較佳為0.05莫耳以上且9莫耳以下,進而較佳為0.1莫耳以上且5莫耳以下,進而更佳為0.3莫耳以上且4莫耳以下。 In this case, the content ratio of the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid residue group suitable for improving rigidity (group A) and the tetracarboxylic acid residue group suitable for improving transparency (group B) is relative to that suitable for improving transparency The group of tetracarboxylic acid residues (group B) is 1 mol, and the group of tetracarboxylic acid residues (group A) suitable for improving rigidity is preferably 0.05 mol or more and 9 mol or less, and more preferably 0.1 mol or more and 5 mol or less, more preferably 0.3 mol or more and 4 mol or less.

作為上述通式(1)中之R2,其中,就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為選自由4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、及上述通式(2)所表示之二價基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基,進而較佳為選自由4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、以及R3及R4為全氟烷基之上述通式(2)所表示之二價基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基。 As R 2 in the above general formula (1), among them, in terms of improving light transmittance and increasing rigidity, it is preferably selected from 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfonium residues, 3,4 '-Diaminodiphenyl sulfide residues and at least one divalent group in the group consisting of the divalent group represented by the general formula (2), and more preferably selected from 4,4'-di Amino diphenyl sulfonate residue, 3,4'-diamino diphenyl sulfonate residue, and R 3 and R 4 are perfluoroalkyl groups and are composed of the divalent group represented by the above general formula (2) At least one divalent group in the group.

作為上述通式(3)中之R5,其中就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為含有4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸殘基、及氧雙鄰苯二甲酸殘基。 As R 5 in the above general formula (3), it is preferable to contain 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic acid residues in terms of improving light transmittance and increasing rigidity , 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic acid residues, and oxydiphthalic acid residues.

於R5中,該等較佳之殘基較佳為含有50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為含有70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為含有90莫耳%以上。 In R 5 , the preferable residues preferably contain 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and even more preferably 90 mol% or more.

上述通式(3)中之R6為二胺殘基,可設為如上述所例示之自二 胺去除2個胺基後之殘基。作為上述通式(3)中之R6,其中,就提高透光性且提高剛性之方面而言,較佳為含有選自由2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺殘基、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、1,4-雙[4-胺基-2-(三氟甲基)苯氧基]苯殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2-(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺殘基、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺殘基、及9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀殘基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基,進而較佳為含有選自由2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺殘基、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、及4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基所組成之群中之至少1種二價基。 R 6 in the above general formula (3) is a diamine residue, which can be a residue obtained by removing two amine groups from the diamine as exemplified above. As R 6 in the above general formula (3), among them, it is preferable to contain a residue selected from 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, in terms of improving light transmittance and increasing rigidity, Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] residues, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl residues, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy) Yl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane residues, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonate residues, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethane) Yl)diphenyl ether residue, 1,4-bis[4-amino-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]benzene residue, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-2 -Trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl)hexafluoropropane residue, 4,4'-diamino-2-(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl ether residue, 4,4'-diaminobenzene A group consisting of formaniline residues, N,N'-bis(4-aminophenyl) p-xylylenedimethamide residues, and 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) residues At least one kind of divalent group among them, and more preferably contains a residue selected from 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] sulfide Residues and at least one divalent group in the group consisting of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfonate residues.

於R6中,該等較佳之殘基合計較佳為含有50莫耳%以上,進而較佳為含有70莫耳%以上,進而更佳為含有90莫耳%以上。 In R 6 , the total content of these preferable residues is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and even more preferably 90 mol% or more.

又,作為R6,亦較佳為將如選自由雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺殘基、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)對苯二甲醯胺殘基、對苯二胺殘基、間苯二胺殘基、及4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高剛直性之二胺殘基群(群C)、與如選自由2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺殘基、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、1,4-雙[4-胺基-2-(三氟甲基)苯氧基]苯殘基、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷殘基、4,4'-二胺基-2-(三氟甲基)二苯醚殘基、及9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀殘基所組成之群中之至少1種之適於提高透明性之二胺殘基群(群D)混合而使用。 In addition, as R 6 , it is also preferable to select from the group consisting of bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] sulfide residues, 4,4'-diaminobenzylaniline residues, N , N'-bis(4-aminophenyl)p-xylylenediamine residues, p-phenylenediamine residues, m-phenylenediamine residues, and 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane residues At least one diamine residue group (group C) suitable for improving rigidity among the group consisting of the group, and as selected from 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine residue, 4, 4'-diaminodiphenyl residues, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane residues, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy) Yl)phenyl]sulfuryl residue, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl ether residue, 1,4-bis[4-amino-2-( Trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]benzene residue, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane residue, 4,4' -Diamino-2-(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl ether residue and at least one of the group consisting of 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl) residue is suitable for improving transparency The sex diamine residue group (group D) is mixed and used.

於此情形時,關於上述適於提高剛直性之二胺殘基群(群C)與適於提高透明性之二胺殘基群(群D)之含有比率,相對於適於提高透明性 之二胺殘基群(群D)1莫耳,上述適於提高剛直性之二胺殘基群(群C)較佳為0.05莫耳以上且9莫耳以下,進而較佳為0.1莫耳以上且5莫耳以下,更佳為0.3莫耳以上且4莫耳以下。 In this case, the content ratio of the above-mentioned diamine residue group suitable for improving rigidity (group C) and the diamine residue group suitable for improving transparency (group D) is relative to the content ratio suitable for improving transparency The diamine residue group (group D) is 1 mol, and the above-mentioned diamine residue group (group C) suitable for improving rigidity is preferably 0.05 mol or more and 9 mol or less, and more preferably 0.1 mol or more And 5 mol or less, more preferably 0.3 mol or more and 4 mol or less.

於上述通式(1)及上述通式(3)所表示之結構中,n及n'分別獨立地表示重複單位數,且為1以上。聚醯亞胺之重複單位數n只要以表示下述較佳之玻璃轉移溫度之方式根據結構適當選擇即可,並無特別限定。平均重複單位數通常為10~2000,進而較佳為15~1000。 In the structures represented by the above-mentioned general formula (1) and the above-mentioned general formula (3), n and n'each independently represent the number of repeating units, and are 1 or more. The number n of repeating units of polyimide is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately selected according to the structure so as to represent the following preferable glass transition temperature. The average number of repeating units is usually 10 to 2000, and more preferably 15 to 1000.

又,聚醯亞胺系樹脂亦可於其一部分含有聚醯胺結構。作為可含有之聚醯胺結構,例如可列舉:含有如偏苯三甲酸酐之三羧酸殘基之聚醯胺醯亞胺結構、或含有如對苯二甲酸之二羧酸殘基之聚醯胺結構。 In addition, the polyimide-based resin may contain a polyimide structure in a part thereof. As the polyamide structure that can be contained, for example, a polyamide imide structure containing tricarboxylic acid residues such as trimellitic anhydride, or a polyamide containing dicarboxylic acid residues such as terephthalic acid can be cited. Amine structure.

就耐熱性之方面而言,聚醯亞胺系樹脂之玻璃轉移溫度較佳為250℃以上,進而較佳為270℃以上。另一方面,就延伸之容易性或降低烘烤溫度之方面而言,玻璃轉移溫度較佳為400℃以下,進而較佳為380℃以下。 In terms of heat resistance, the glass transition temperature of the polyimide resin is preferably 250°C or higher, and more preferably 270°C or higher. On the other hand, the glass transition temperature is preferably 400°C or lower, and more preferably 380°C or lower, in terms of ease of stretching or lowering of the baking temperature.

作為聚醯亞胺系樹脂,例如可列舉具有下述式所表示之結構之化合物。於下述式中,n為重複單位,表示2以上之整數。 As the polyimide resin, for example, a compound having a structure represented by the following formula can be cited. In the following formula, n is a repeating unit and represents an integer of 2 or more.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0021-4
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0021-4

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-5
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-5

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-6
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-6

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-7
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-7

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-9
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0022-9

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-10
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-10

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-11
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-11

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-12
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-12

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-13
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-13

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-14
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0023-14

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-15
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-15

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-16
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-16

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-17
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-17

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-18
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-18

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-19
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0024-19

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0025-20
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0025-20

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0025-21
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0025-21

於上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,就具有優異之透明性之方面而言,較佳為具有不易引起分子內或分子間之電荷移動之結構之聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂,具體而言,可列舉上述式(4)~(11)等氟化聚醯亞胺系樹脂、上述式(13)~(16)等具有脂環結構之聚醯亞胺系樹脂。 Among the above-mentioned polyimide-based resins, in terms of excellent transparency, a polyimide-based resin or a polyimide-based resin having a structure that does not easily cause charge transfer within or between molecules is preferred Specifically, fluorinated polyimide resins such as the above formulas (4) to (11), and polyimide resins having an alicyclic structure such as the above formulas (13) to (16) can be cited.

又,於上述式(4)~(11)等氟化聚醯亞胺系樹脂中,由於具有經氟化之結構,故而具有較高之耐熱性,亦不會因由聚醯亞胺系樹脂所構成之聚醯亞胺膜之製造時之熱而被著色,因此具有優異之透明性。 In addition, in fluorinated polyimide resins such as the above formulas (4) to (11), due to the fluorinated structure, it has high heat resistance and is not affected by polyimide resins. The polyimide film of the composition is colored by the heat during manufacture, so it has excellent transparency.

聚醯胺系樹脂之概念不僅包括脂肪族聚醯胺,亦包括芳香族聚醯胺(aramid)。作為聚醯胺系樹脂,例如可列舉具有下述式(21)~(23)所表示之骨架之化合物。再者,於下述式中,n為重複單位,表示2以上之整數。 The concept of polyamide resins includes not only aliphatic polyamides, but also aromatic polyamides (aramid). As a polyamide resin, the compound which has a skeleton represented by following formula (21)-(23) is mentioned, for example. In addition, in the following formula, n is a repeating unit and represents an integer of 2 or more.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0025-22
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0025-22

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0026-23
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0026-23

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0026-24
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0026-24

由上述式(4)~(20)及(23)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂所構成之基材亦可使用市售者。作為由上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂所構成之基材之市售品,例如可列舉Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造之Neopulim等,作為由上述聚醯胺系樹脂所構成之基材之市售品,例如可列舉Toray公司製造之Mictron等。 The base material composed of the polyimide-based resin or the polyimide-based resin represented by the above formulas (4) to (20) and (23) may also be commercially available. As a commercially available product of a substrate composed of the above-mentioned polyimide-based resin, for example, Neopulim manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd., etc. can be cited. As a commercially available product of a substrate composed of the above-mentioned polyimide-based resin, for example, Examples include Mictron manufactured by Toray Corporation.

又,上述式(4)~(20)及(23)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂亦可使用藉由公知方法而合成者。例如上述式(4)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂之合成方法記載於日本特開2009-132091,具體而言,可藉由使下述式(24)所表示之4,4'-六氟亞丙基雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(FPA)與2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFDB)進行反應而獲得。 In addition, the polyimide-based resin or polyimide-based resin represented by the above formulas (4) to (20) and (23) can also be synthesized by a known method. For example, the method for synthesizing the polyimide-based resin represented by the above formula (4) is described in JP 2009-132091. Specifically, it can be obtained by using 4,4'-hexa represented by the following formula (24) It is obtained by reacting fluoropropylene bisphthalic dianhydride (FPA) with 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFDB).

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0026-25
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0026-25

上述聚醯亞胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為3000以上且50萬以下之範圍,更佳為5000~30萬之範圍,進而較佳為1萬以上 且20萬以下之範圍。若重量平均分子量未達3000,則有無法獲得充分之強度之情況,若超過50萬,則黏度上升,溶解性降低,因此有無法獲得表面平滑且膜厚均勻之基材之情況。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「重量平均分子量」係指藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)而測得之聚苯乙烯換算值。 The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide resin or polyimide resin is preferably in the range of 3,000 or more and 500,000 or less, more preferably in the range of 5,000 to 300,000, and still more preferably 10,000 or more and 200,000 or less The scope. If the weight average molecular weight is less than 3,000, sufficient strength may not be obtained. If it exceeds 500,000, the viscosity will increase and the solubility will decrease. Therefore, it may not be possible to obtain a substrate with a smooth surface and a uniform film thickness. In addition, in this specification, the "weight average molecular weight" refers to a polystyrene conversion value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

就能夠提高硬度之觀點而言,樹脂基材11較佳為使用由上述式(4)~(11)等所表示之氟化聚醯亞胺系樹脂或上述式(23)等具有鹵基之聚醯胺系樹脂所構成之基材。其中,就可進一步提高硬度之觀點而言,更佳為使用由上述式(4)所表示之聚醯亞胺系樹脂所構成之基材。 From the viewpoint of improving the hardness, the resin substrate 11 is preferably a fluorinated polyimide-based resin represented by the above formulas (4) to (11) or the above formula (23) having a halogen group A base material composed of polyamide resin. Among them, from the viewpoint that the hardness can be further increased, it is more preferable to use a base material composed of a polyimide-based resin represented by the above formula (4).

作為聚酯系樹脂,例如可列舉以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯之至少1種作為構成成分之樹脂等。 Examples of polyester resins include at least one of polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate. Ingredients of resin, etc.

樹脂基材11之折射率高於功能層12之折射率。樹脂基材11之折射率例如可藉由貝克法進行測定。於使用貝克法測定樹脂基材11之折射率之情形時,切出10個樹脂基材11之碎片,對於所切出之10個碎片,使用折射率標準液,藉由貝克法分別測定折射率,將所測得之10個碎片之折射率之平均值作為樹脂基材11之折射率。樹脂基材11之折射率亦可成為1.500以上且1.800以下。又,樹脂基材11之折射率亦可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造)測定波長380~780nm之平均反射率,並使用所獲得之平均反射率藉由以下之式(1)而求出。為了防止背面反射,樹脂基材11之平均反射率(R)設為於將較測定點面積更大之寬度之黑色聚氯乙烯絕緣帶(例如製品名「Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21」,Yamato公司製造,38mm寬度)貼附於樹脂基材11之背面後測定。 The refractive index of the resin substrate 11 is higher than the refractive index of the functional layer 12. The refractive index of the resin substrate 11 can be measured by the Beck method, for example. When using the Baker method to measure the refractive index of the resin base material 11, 10 pieces of the resin base material 11 are cut out. For the 10 pieces cut out, the refractive index standard solution is used to measure the refractive index respectively by the Baker method , The average value of the measured refractive indexes of the 10 fragments is taken as the refractive index of the resin substrate 11. The refractive index of the resin base material 11 may be 1.500 or more and 1.800 or less. In addition, the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 can also be measured with a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) at a wavelength of 380~780nm, and the obtained average reflectance can be determined by the following The formula (1) is obtained. In order to prevent back reflection, the average reflectance (R) of the resin substrate 11 is set to a black polyvinyl chloride insulating tape (such as the product name "Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21", Yamato Corporation, 38mm width) is attached to the back of the resin base material 11 and measured.

R1=(1-n1)2/(1+n1)2…(1) R 1 =(1-n 1 ) 2 /(1+n 1 ) 2 …(1)

上述式(1)中,R1表示於波長380~780nm之樹脂基材之平均反射率 (%),n1表示樹脂基材之折射率。 In the above formula (1), R 1 represents the average reflectance (%) of the resin substrate with a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and n 1 represents the refractive index of the resin substrate.

樹脂基材11之厚度較佳為10μm以上且100μm以下。若樹脂基材之厚度為10μm以上,則可抑制光學膜之捲曲,又,可獲得充分之硬度,進而,即便於利用輥對輥(Roll to Roll)製造光學膜之情形時,亦不易產生褶皺,無導致外觀之劣化之虞。另一方面,若樹脂基材之厚度為100μm以下,則光學膜之摺疊性能良好,可滿足連續摺疊試驗之要件,又,於光學膜之輕量化之方面較佳。樹脂基材11之厚度係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM),拍攝樹脂基材11之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定10個部位之樹脂基材11之膜厚,採用該10個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。樹脂基材11之下限更佳為25μm以上,樹脂基材11之上限更佳為80μm以下。 The thickness of the resin substrate 11 is preferably 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less. If the thickness of the resin substrate is 10μm or more, curling of the optical film can be suppressed, and sufficient hardness can be obtained. Furthermore, even when the optical film is manufactured by roll to roll, wrinkles are less likely to occur , There is no risk of causing deterioration of the appearance. On the other hand, if the thickness of the resin substrate is 100 μm or less, the folding performance of the optical film is good, which can meet the requirements of the continuous folding test, and it is better in terms of the light weight of the optical film. The thickness of the resin substrate 11 is taken by using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) to photograph a cross section of the resin substrate 11, and the film thickness of the resin substrate 11 at 10 locations is measured in the image of the cross section, and the film at the 10 locations is used The arithmetic mean of the thickness. The lower limit of the resin substrate 11 is more preferably 25 μm or more, and the upper limit of the resin substrate 11 is more preferably 80 μm or less.

<<功能層>> <<Functional layer>>

功能層12係作為硬塗層發揮功能之層。功能層12除硬塗性以外,亦可具有硬塗性以外之功能。功能層12除硬塗性以外,亦具有抗靜電性。即,功能層12成為抗靜電硬塗層。本說明書中所謂「硬塗層」係指硬塗層之剖面中央之馬氏硬度為375MPa以上之層。本說明書中,所謂「馬氏硬度」係指藉由利用奈米壓痕法之硬度測定,將壓頭壓入500nm時之硬度。利用上述奈米壓痕法之馬氏硬度之測定設為使用HYSITRON(海思創)公司製造之「TI950 TriboIndenter」對測定樣品進行者。具體而言,首先,製作將以1mm×10mm切出之光學膜利用包埋樹脂包埋而成之塊體,藉由一般之切片製作方法,自該塊體切出無孔等之均勻之厚度70nm以上且100nm以下之切片。切片之製作可使用「超薄切片機EM UC7」(Leica Microsystems股份有限公司)等。繼而,將切去該無孔等之均勻之切片後之剩餘之塊體作為測定樣品。繼而,於此種測定樣品之藉由切去上述切片而獲得之剖面中,於以下之測定條件下,將作為上述壓頭之Berkovich壓頭(三角錐)於功能層之剖面中央壓入500nm,保持為固定而進行 殘留應力之緩和後,卸載,計測緩和後之最大荷重,使用該最大荷重Pmax(μN)與深度500nm之凹陷面積A(nm2),藉由Pmax/A而算出馬氏硬度。馬氏硬度設為測定10個部位而獲得之值之算術平均值。 The functional layer 12 is a layer that functions as a hard coat layer. The functional layer 12 may have functions other than the hard coat property in addition to the hard coat property. In addition to hard coating properties, the functional layer 12 also has antistatic properties. That is, the functional layer 12 becomes an antistatic hard coat layer. The "hard coat" in this specification refers to a layer with a Martens hardness of 375 MPa or more in the center of the cross section of the hard coat. In this specification, the so-called "Martens hardness" refers to the hardness when the indenter is pressed into 500nm by hardness measurement by the nanoindentation method. The measurement of Martens hardness by the above-mentioned nanoindentation method is performed on the measurement sample using "TI950 TriboIndenter" manufactured by HYSITRON. Specifically, first, a block is made by embedding an optical film cut out of 1mm×10mm with an embedding resin, and a uniform thickness without holes, etc. is cut out from the block by a general slicing method Slices above 70nm and below 100nm. The production of slices can use the "Ultratome Microtome EM UC7" (Leica Microsystems Co., Ltd.), etc. Then, the remaining block after cutting off the non-porous and other uniform slices is used as the measurement sample. Then, in the cross section of the measurement sample obtained by cutting off the above section, under the following measurement conditions, the Berkovich indenter (triangular pyramid) as the above indenter was pressed into the center of the cross section of the functional layer by 500 nm, After remaining fixed and relaxing the residual stress, unload, measure the maximum load after relaxation, use the maximum load P max (μN) and the recessed area A (nm 2 ) with a depth of 500 nm to calculate the horse by P max /A 'S hardness. The Martens hardness is the arithmetic mean of the values obtained by measuring 10 locations.

(測定條件) (Measurement conditions)

‧荷重速度:10nm/秒 ‧Load speed: 10nm/sec

‧保持時間:5秒 ‧Holding time: 5 seconds

‧荷重卸載速度:10nm/秒 ‧Load unloading speed: 10nm/sec

‧測定溫度:25℃ ‧Measuring temperature: 25℃

關於功能層12,功能層12之剖面中央之馬氏硬度較佳為500MPa以上且2000MPa以下。若功能層12之馬氏硬度為500MPa以上,則可獲得作為硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為2000MPa以下,則可獲得良好之光學膜之摺疊性能。功能層12之剖面中央之馬氏硬度之下限較佳為600MPa以上,上限較佳為1500MPa以下。 Regarding the functional layer 12, the Martens hardness of the center of the cross section of the functional layer 12 is preferably 500 MPa or more and 2000 MPa or less. If the Martens hardness of the functional layer 12 is 500 MPa or more, the hardness sufficient as a hard coat layer can be obtained, and if it is 2000 MPa or less, good folding performance of the optical film can be obtained. The lower limit of the Martens hardness in the center of the cross section of the functional layer 12 is preferably 600 MPa or more, and the upper limit is preferably 1500 MPa or less.

功能層12之折射率亦可成為1.400以上且1.800以下。功能層12之折射率可使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造),測定波長380~780nm之平均反射率,並使用所獲得之平均反射率,藉由以下之式(2)而求出。功能層12之平均反射率設為藉由如下方式獲得,即,於未實施易接著處理之厚度50μm之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)基材上塗佈功能層用組成物並使其硬化而形成厚度1~10μm之功能層,於PET基材之與功能層側之面為相反側之面(背面),貼附較測定點面積更大寬度之黑色聚氯乙烯絕緣帶(例如製品名「Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21」,Yamato公司製造,寬度38mm)以防止背面反射,其後進行測定。 The refractive index of the functional layer 12 may be 1.400 or more and 1.800 or less. The refractive index of the functional layer 12 can be measured by using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) to measure the average reflectance at a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and use the obtained average reflectance by the following formula (2) And find out. The average reflectance of the functional layer 12 is set to be obtained by coating the composition for the functional layer on a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) substrate with a thickness of 50 μm that has not been subjected to easy bonding treatment and then It hardens to form a functional layer with a thickness of 1~10μm. On the surface of the PET substrate opposite to the functional layer side (back side), attach a black polyvinyl chloride insulating tape with a larger width than the area of the measuring point (for example, The product name is "Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21", manufactured by Yamato Corporation, width 38mm) to prevent back reflection, and then the measurement is carried out.

R2=(1-n2)2/(1+n2)2…(2) R 2 =(1-n 2 ) 2 /(1+n 2 ) 2 …(2)

上述式(2)中,R2表示於波長380~780nm之功能層之平均反射率 (%),n2表示功能層之折射率。 In the above formula (2), R 2 represents the average reflectance (%) of the functional layer at a wavelength of 380 to 780 nm, and n 2 represents the refractive index of the functional layer.

功能層12之膜厚較佳為2μm以上且40μm以下。若功能層12之膜厚為2μm以上,則可獲得作為硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為40μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。本說明書中所謂「功能層之膜厚」係指於功能層成為多層構造之情形時合計各功能層之膜厚所獲得之膜厚(總厚)。功能層12之上限更佳為30μm以下,進而較佳為20μm以下。 The film thickness of the functional layer 12 is preferably 2 μm or more and 40 μm or less. If the film thickness of the functional layer 12 is 2 μm or more, sufficient hardness as a hard coat layer can be obtained, and if it is 40 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. The "film thickness of the functional layer" in this specification refers to the film thickness (total thickness) obtained by adding up the film thickness of each functional layer when the functional layer has a multilayer structure. The upper limit of the functional layer 12 is more preferably 30 μm or less, and still more preferably 20 μm or less.

功能層12之膜厚係使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)、或穿透型電子顯微鏡(TEM)而拍攝功能層12之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定20個部位之功能層12之膜厚,設為該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。以下記載具體之剖面照片之拍攝方法。首先,製作將以1mm×10mm之大小切出之光學膜利用包埋樹脂包埋之塊體,藉由一般之切片製作方法,自該塊體切出無孔等之均勻之厚度70nm以上且100nm以下之切片。切片之製作可使用「超薄切片機EM UC7」(Leica Microsystems股份有限公司)等。繼而,將該無孔等之均勻之切片作為測定樣品。其後,使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)(製品名「S-4800」,日立高新技術股份有限公司製造)拍攝測定樣品之剖面照片。於使用上述S-4800拍攝剖面照片時,將檢測器設為「TE」,將加速電壓設為「30kV」,將發射電流設為「10μA」而進行剖面觀察。關於倍率,一面調節焦距並以對比度及亮度辨別或觀察各層,一面於5000倍~20萬倍下適當調節。較佳之倍率為1萬倍~10萬倍,進而較佳之倍率為1萬倍~5萬倍,最佳之倍率為2.5萬倍~5萬倍。再者,於使用上述S-4800拍攝剖面照片時,亦可進而將光圈設為「束偵測光圈3」,將物鏡光圈設為「3」,又,將W.D.設為「8mm」。於測定硬塗層之膜厚時,於進行剖面觀察時,重要的是能夠儘量明確地觀察到功能層與其他層(例如樹脂基材)之界面對比度。假設因對比度不足而難以觀察到該界面之情形時,若實施四氧化鋨、四氧化釕、磷鎢酸等染色處理,則變得容易 觀察到有機層間之界面,因此亦可進行染色處理。又,有界面之對比度於高倍率時更難以分辨之情形。於此情形時,亦於低倍率下同時進行觀察。例如於2.5萬倍與5萬倍、或5萬倍與10萬倍等高低2種倍率下進行觀察,於兩倍率下求出上述算術平均值。進而將該平均值作為功能層之膜厚之值。 The film thickness of the functional layer 12 is taken by using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) or a transmission electron microscope (TEM) to take a cross-section of the functional layer 12, and measure the thickness of the functional layer 12 at 20 locations in the image of the cross-section. The film thickness is taken as the arithmetic average of the film thicknesses of the 20 locations. The following describes the specific method of taking the cross-sectional photos. First, make a block of an optical film cut out to a size of 1mm×10mm and embed it with an embedding resin, and cut out a uniform thickness of 70nm or more and 100nm without holes, etc. from the block by a general slicing method. The following slices. The production of slices can use the "Ultratome Microtome EM UC7" (Leica Microsystems Co., Ltd.), etc. Then, the uniform slice without holes or the like is used as a measurement sample. Thereafter, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) (product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technology Co., Ltd.) was used to take a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample. When using the above-mentioned S-4800 to take cross-sectional photos, set the detector to "TE", set the acceleration voltage to "30kV", and set the emission current to "10μA" for cross-sectional observation. Regarding the magnification, while adjusting the focus and distinguishing or observing each layer by contrast and brightness, adjust appropriately at 5000 to 200,000 times. The more preferable magnification is 10,000 to 100,000 times, and the more preferable magnification is 10,000 to 50,000 times, and the best magnification is 25,000 to 50,000 times. Furthermore, when using the above-mentioned S-4800 to take cross-sectional photos, you can also set the aperture to "beam detection aperture 3", the objective lens aperture to "3", and the W.D. to "8mm". When measuring the film thickness of the hard coat layer, it is important to observe the interface contrast between the functional layer and other layers (for example, a resin substrate) as clearly as possible when performing cross-sectional observation. If it is difficult to observe the interface due to insufficient contrast, if dyeing treatments such as osmium tetroxide, ruthenium tetroxide, or phosphotungstic acid are applied, the interface between the organic layers becomes easier to observe, so dyeing treatment can also be performed. In addition, there are situations where the contrast of the interface is more difficult to distinguish at high magnification. In this case, the observation is also performed at the same time under low magnification. For example, observe at two magnifications of 25,000 times and 50,000 times, or 50,000 times and 100,000 times, etc., and calculate the arithmetic average at the double rate. Furthermore, the average value is used as the value of the film thickness of the functional layer.

功能層12由於成為抗靜電硬塗層,故而含有黏合劑樹脂及存在於黏合劑樹脂中之抗靜電劑。再者,於功能層12為不具有抗靜電性之硬塗層之情形時,亦可不含抗靜電劑。又,功能層12除含有黏合劑樹脂等以外,亦可視需要於無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有例如無機粒子或有機粒子等粒子、紫外線吸收劑、接著性提高劑、調平劑、觸變性賦予劑、偶合劑、塑化劑、消泡劑、填充劑、著色劑、填料等添加劑。 Since the functional layer 12 becomes an antistatic hard coating, it contains a binder resin and an antistatic agent present in the binder resin. Furthermore, when the functional layer 12 is a hard coat layer that does not have antistatic properties, the antistatic agent may not be included. In addition, the functional layer 12 may contain a binder resin, etc., but may also contain particles such as inorganic particles or organic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesive enhancers, leveling agents, and thixotropy within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Additives such as imparting agents, coupling agents, plasticizers, defoamers, fillers, colorants, and fillers.

<黏合劑樹脂> <Binder Resin>

黏合劑樹脂含有聚合性化合物(硬化性化合物)之聚合物(硬化物)。聚合性化合物係於分子內具有至少1個聚合性官能基者。作為聚合性官能基,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基等乙烯性不飽和基。再者,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包含「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」之兩者之含義。 The binder resin contains a polymer (cured product) of a polymerizable compound (curable compound). The polymerizable compound has at least one polymerizable functional group in the molecule. As a polymerizable functional group, ethylenic unsaturated groups, such as a (meth)acryl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group, are mentioned, for example. Furthermore, the so-called "(meth)acryloyl group" includes both the meaning of "acryloyl group" and "methacryloyl group".

作為聚合性化合物,較佳為多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為上述多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三新戊四醇八(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四新戊四醇十(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚酯三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、雙酚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二甘油四(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷基酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸異莰酯、二環戊烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、或將該等利用PO、EO、己內酯等改質者。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate. As said polyfunctional (meth)acrylate, for example, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, Dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, neopentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dineopentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,6 -Hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate , Dineopentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, trineopentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrane pentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, tris (meth) isocyanurate Acrylate, isocyanuric acid di(meth)acrylate, polyester tri(meth)acrylate, polyester di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol di(meth)acrylate, diglycerol tetra(meth)acrylate Meth) acrylate, adamantyl di(meth)acrylate, isobornyl di(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentane di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecane di(meth)acrylate , Ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, or those modified with PO, EO, caprolactone, etc.

於該等中,就可較佳地滿足上述馬氏硬度之方面而言,較佳為3~6官能者,例如較佳為新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(PETA)、二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(DPHA)、新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(PETTA)、二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯(DPPA)、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三新戊四醇八(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四新戊四醇十(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。再者,於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係指「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」。 Among them, in terms of satisfying the above-mentioned Martens hardness, it is preferably 3-6 functional ones, for example, neopentylerythritol triacrylate (PETA), dineopentaerythritol six Acrylate (DPHA), neopentyl erythritol tetraacrylate (PETTA), dineopentaerythritol pentaacrylate (DPPA), trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trineopentaerythritol octa (meth)acrylate Base) acrylate, tetraneopentyl erythritol deca(meth)acrylate and the like. In addition, in this specification, the so-called "(meth)acrylate" means "acrylate" and "methacrylate".

再者,為了進行硬度或組成物之黏度調整、密接性之改善等,亦可進而含有單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。作為上述單官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,例如可列舉:丙烯酸羥基乙酯(HEA)、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯、丁二酸2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯、丙烯醯嗎福啉、N-丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺、丙烯酸環己酯、丙烯酸四氫呋喃酯、丙烯酸異莰酯、丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、及丙烯酸金剛烷基酯等。 In addition, in order to adjust the hardness or the viscosity of the composition, improve the adhesion, etc., a monofunctional (meth)acrylate monomer may be further included. Examples of the above-mentioned monofunctional (meth)acrylate monomers include hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA), glycidyl methacrylate, methoxy polyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, (meth) Isostearyl acrylate, 2-propenoxyethyl succinate, acrylomorpholine, N-acryloyloxyethyl hexahydrophthalimide, cyclohexyl acrylate, tetrahydrofuran acrylate , Isobornyl acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, and adamantyl acrylate, etc.

關於上述單體之重量平均分子量,就提高功能層之硬度之觀點而言,較佳為未達1000,更佳為200以上且800以下。又,上述聚合性低聚物之重量平均分子量較佳為1000以上且2萬以下,更佳為1000以上且1萬以下,進而較佳為2000以上且7000以下。 Regarding the weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned monomer, from the viewpoint of increasing the hardness of the functional layer, it is preferably less than 1,000, and more preferably 200 or more and 800 or less. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the polymerizable oligomer is preferably 1,000 or more and 20,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, and still more preferably 2,000 or more and 7,000 or less.

<抗靜電劑> <Antistatic Agent>

用於功能層12之抗靜電劑只要為與黏合劑樹脂之相容性良好者,則並無特別限定。作為抗靜電劑,有離子傳導型抗靜電劑與電子傳導型抗靜電劑,就與黏合劑樹脂之相容性之觀點而言,較佳為離子傳導型抗靜電劑。 The antistatic agent used in the functional layer 12 is not particularly limited as long as it has good compatibility with the binder resin. As the antistatic agent, there are ion-conducting antistatic agents and electron-conducting antistatic agents. From the viewpoint of compatibility with the binder resin, ion-conducting antistatic agents are preferred.

作為上述離子傳導型抗靜電劑,例如可列舉:四級銨鹽、吡啶 鹽等陽離子性抗靜電劑、磺酸、磷酸、羧酸等鹼金屬鹽(例如鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽等)等陰離子性抗靜電劑、胺基酸系、胺基酸硫酸酯系等兩性抗靜電劑、胺基醇系、甘油系、聚乙二醇系等非離子性抗靜電劑等。於該等中,就對於黏合劑樹脂顯示優異之相容性而言,較佳為四級銨鹽或鋰鹽。 Examples of the ion-conducting antistatic agent include cationic antistatic agents such as quaternary ammonium salts and pyridine salts, alkali metal salts such as sulfonic acid, phosphoric acid, and carboxylic acid (for example, lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, etc.) Anionic antistatic agents such as anionic antistatic agents, amphoteric antistatic agents such as amino acid series and amino acid sulfate ester series, and nonionic antistatic agents such as amino alcohol series, glycerin series, and polyethylene glycol series. Among them, a quaternary ammonium salt or a lithium salt is preferred in terms of showing excellent compatibility with the binder resin.

作為上述電子傳導型抗靜電劑,例如可列舉:聚乙炔系、聚噻吩系等導電性聚合物、金屬粒子、金屬氧化物粒子等導電性粒子。於該等中,較佳為於聚乙炔、聚噻吩等導電性聚合物中組合摻雜劑而成之抗靜電劑、金屬粒子、金屬氧化物粒子。又,亦可使上述導電性聚合物中含有導電性粒子。 Examples of the electron-conducting antistatic agent include conductive polymers such as polyacetylene-based and polythiophene-based conductive particles, and conductive particles such as metal particles and metal oxide particles. Among these, preferred are antistatic agents, metal particles, and metal oxide particles formed by combining a dopant with a conductive polymer such as polyacetylene and polythiophene. In addition, conductive particles may be contained in the above-mentioned conductive polymer.

作為由上述導電性聚合物所構成之抗靜電劑,具體而言,可列舉:聚乙炔、聚苯胺、聚噻吩、聚吡咯、聚苯硫醚、聚(1,6-庚二炔)、聚聯伸苯(聚對苯)、聚對苯硫醚、聚苯基乙炔、聚(2,5-伸噻吩基)、或該等之衍生物等導電性高分子,較佳為聚噻吩系導電性有機聚合物(例如3,4-乙二氧基噻吩(PEDOT)等)。 As the antistatic agent composed of the above-mentioned conductive polymer, specifically, polyacetylene, polyaniline, polythiophene, polypyrrole, polyphenylene sulfide, poly(1,6-heptadiyne), poly Conductive polymers such as biphenylene (poly-p-phenylene), poly-p-phenylene sulfide, polyphenylacetylene, poly(2,5-thienyl), or derivatives of these, preferably polythiophene-based conductive polymers Organic polymers (for example, 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT), etc.).

藉由使用由上述導電性有機聚合物所構成之抗靜電劑,濕度依存性較小,可長時間地維持抗靜電性,又,具有較高之透明性、較低之霧度,進而硬塗性較高,尤其可顯著提高鉛筆硬度、對鋼絲絨等之耐擦傷性。 By using the antistatic agent composed of the above-mentioned conductive organic polymer, the humidity dependence is small, the antistatic property can be maintained for a long time, and it has high transparency and low haze, and then hard coating High performance, especially can significantly improve pencil hardness, abrasion resistance to steel wool, etc.

作為構成上述金屬粒子之金屬,並無特別限定,例如可列舉:Au、Ag、Cu、Al、Fe、Ni、Pd、Pt等單質、或該等金屬之合金。又,作為構成上述金屬氧化物粒子之金屬氧化物,並無特別限定,例如可列舉:氧化錫(SnO2)、氧化銻(Sb2O5)、摻銻氧化錫(ATO)、摻錫氧化銦(ITO)、摻鋁氧化鋅(AZO)、摻氟氧化錫(FTO)、氧化鋅(ZnO)等。 The metal constituting the metal particles is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include simple substances such as Au, Ag, Cu, Al, Fe, Ni, Pd, and Pt, or alloys of these metals. In addition, the metal oxide constituting the metal oxide particles is not particularly limited, and examples include tin oxide (SnO 2 ), antimony oxide (Sb 2 O 5 ), antimony-doped tin oxide (ATO), and tin-doped oxide. Indium (ITO), aluminum-doped zinc oxide (AZO), fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO), zinc oxide (ZnO), etc.

作為抗靜電劑之含量,並無特別限定,相對於功能層用組成物之聚合性化合物100質量份,較佳為1質量份以上且50質量份以下。若為1質量份以上,則可充分地獲得上述抗靜電性,若為50質量份以下,則可獲得霧度值 較小、全光線穿透率良好之高透明膜。上述抗靜電劑之含量之下限更佳為10質量份以上,上限更佳為40質量份以下。 The content of the antistatic agent is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable compound of the composition for the functional layer. If it is 1 part by mass or more, the above-mentioned antistatic properties can be sufficiently obtained, and if it is 50 parts by mass or less, a highly transparent film with a small haze value and good total light transmittance can be obtained. The lower limit of the content of the antistatic agent is more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 40 parts by mass or less.

功能層12亦可進而含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、及/或防污劑。 The functional layer 12 may further contain an ultraviolet absorber, a spectral transmittance adjuster, and/or an antifouling agent.

<紫外線吸收劑> <Ultraviolet Absorber>

光學膜可尤其較佳地用於如可摺疊之智慧型手機或平板終端之行動終端,但由於此種行動終端多數情況下於室外使用,故而有配置於較光學膜靠顯示元件側之偏光元件暴露於紫外線而容易劣化之問題。然而,由於功能層12配置於偏光元件之觀察者側,故而若功能層12含有紫外線吸收劑,則可較佳地防止因偏光元件暴露於紫外線所導致之劣化。再者,上述紫外線吸收劑(UVA)亦可不含有於功能層12中而含有於樹脂基材11中。 The optical film can be particularly preferably used in mobile terminals such as foldable smartphones or tablet terminals. However, since such mobile terminals are mostly used outdoors, there are polarizing elements arranged on the display element side of the optical film. The problem of easy deterioration due to exposure to ultraviolet rays. However, since the functional layer 12 is disposed on the observer side of the polarizing element, if the functional layer 12 contains an ultraviolet absorber, the deterioration caused by the polarizing element being exposed to ultraviolet rays can be better prevented. Furthermore, the aforementioned ultraviolet absorber (UVA) may not be contained in the functional layer 12 but may be contained in the resin base material 11.

作為紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:三

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-51
系紫外線吸收劑、二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑、及苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑等。 As the ultraviolet absorber, for example, three
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-51
It is an ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, and a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, etc.

作為上述三

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-52
系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:2-(2-羥基-4-[1-辛氧基羰基乙氧基]苯基)-4,6-雙(4-苯基苯基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-54
、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十二烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-55
、2,4-雙[2-羥基-4-丁氧基苯基]-6-(2,4-二丁氧基苯基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-56
、2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-十三烷氧基丙基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-57
、及2-[4-[(2-羥基-3-(2'-乙基)己基)氧基]-2-羥基苯基]-4,6-雙(2,4-二甲基苯基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-58
等。作為市售之三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-59
系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:TINUVIN460、TINUVIN477(均為BASF公司製造)、LA-46(ADEKA公司製造)等。 As the above three
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-52
UV absorbers, such as 2-(2-hydroxy-4-[1-octyloxycarbonylethoxy]phenyl)-4,6-bis(4-phenylphenyl)-1,3 ,5-three
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-54
, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)- 1,3,5-Three
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-55
, 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl]-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-tri
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-56
, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-tridecyloxypropyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)- 1,3,5-Three
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-57
, And 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-(2'-ethyl)hexyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl )-1,3,5-three
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-58
Wait. As the third commercially available
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0034-59
The ultraviolet absorber includes, for example, TINUVIN460, TINUVIN477 (all manufactured by BASF Corporation), LA-46 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), and the like.

作為上述二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:2-羥基二苯甲酮、2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2',4,4'-四羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、羥基甲氧基二苯甲酮磺酸及其三水合 物、羥基甲氧基二苯甲酮磺酸鈉等。作為市售之二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉CHMASSORB81/FL(BASF公司製造)等。 Examples of the aforementioned benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include 2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy Benzophenone, 2,2',4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, hydroxymethoxybenzophenone sulfonic acid and its three Hydrate, sodium hydroxymethoxybenzophenone sulfonate, etc. Examples of commercially available benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include CHMASSORB81/FL (manufactured by BASF Corporation).

作為上述苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:2-乙基己基-3-[3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯基]丙酸酯、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-6-(直鏈及側鏈十二烷基)-4-甲基苯酚、2-[5-氯(2H)-苯并三唑-2-基]-4-甲基-6-(第三丁基)苯酚、2-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)-4,6-二第三戊基苯酚、2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3,5'-二第三丁基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3'-第三丁基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3,5'-二第三丁基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑、2-(2'-羥基-3'-(3",4",5",6"-四氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基)-5'-甲基苯基)苯并三唑、2,2-亞甲基雙(4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯并三唑-2-基)苯酚)、及2-(2'-羥基-3'-第三丁基-5'-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并三唑等。作為市售之苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉:KEMISORB71D、KEMISORB79(均為Chemipro Kasei公司製造)、JF-80、JAST-500(均為城北化學公司製造)、ULS-1933D(一方公司製造)、RUVA-93(大塚化學公司製造)等。 As the aforementioned benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, for example, 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-tertiarybutyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazole-2) -Yl)phenyl]propionate, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(linear and side chain dodecyl)-4-methylphenol, 2-[5- Chloro(2H)-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-methyl-6-(tertiary butyl)phenol, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-di Tertiary amylphenol, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3,5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)benzo Triazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3,5'-di-tert-butyl Phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-(3",4",5",6"-tetrahydrophthaliminomethyl)-5 '-Methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis(4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2H-benzotriazole-2 -Yl)phenol), and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tertiarybutyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, etc. As commercially available benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers, for example, KEMISORB71D, KEMISORB79 (all manufactured by Chemipro Kasei), JF-80, JAST-500 (all manufactured by Johoku Chemical Co., Ltd.), ULS-1933D (all manufactured by Johoku Chemical Co., Ltd.), ULS-1933D Manufactured by the company), RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co.), etc.

紫外線吸收劑尤其可較佳地使用三

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0035-60
系紫外線吸收劑、苯并三唑系紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑較佳為與構成功能層之樹脂成分之溶解性較高,又,較佳為上述連續摺疊試驗後之滲出較少者。紫外線吸收劑較佳為經聚合物化或低聚物化。作為紫外線吸收劑,較佳為具有苯并三唑、三
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0035-62
、二苯甲酮骨架之聚合物或低聚物,具體而言,較佳為使具有苯并三唑或二苯甲酮骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與甲基丙烯酸甲酯(MMA)以任意之比率進行熱共聚而成者。再者,於將光學膜應用於有機發光二極體(OLED)顯示裝置之情形時,紫外線吸收劑亦可發揮保護OLED免受紫外線之影響之作用。 UV absorbers can be used particularly preferably
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0035-60
It is a UV absorber and a benzotriazole UV absorber. The ultraviolet absorber preferably has higher solubility with the resin component constituting the functional layer, and more preferably has less exudation after the above-mentioned continuous folding test. The ultraviolet absorber is preferably polymerized or oligomerized. As the ultraviolet absorber, it is preferable to have benzotriazole, triazole
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0035-62
, Polymers or oligomers of benzophenone skeleton, specifically, it is preferable to use (meth)acrylate with benzotriazole or benzophenone skeleton and methyl methacrylate (MMA) It is formed by thermal copolymerization at any ratio. Furthermore, when the optical film is applied to an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display device, the ultraviolet absorber can also play a role in protecting the OLED from ultraviolet rays.

作為紫外線吸收劑之含量,並無特別限定,相對於功能層用組成物之固體成分100質量份,較佳為1質量份以上且6質量份以下。若為1質量份 以上,則可充分地獲得使上述紫外線吸收劑含有於功能層之效果,若為6質量份以下,則亦不會於功能層產生明顯之著色或強度降低。上述紫外線吸收劑之含量之下限更佳為2質量份以上,上限更佳為5質量份以下。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 part by mass or more and 6 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the composition for the functional layer. If it is 1 part by mass or more, the effect of containing the above-mentioned ultraviolet absorber in the functional layer can be sufficiently obtained, and if it is 6 parts by mass or less, there will be no significant coloration or strength reduction in the functional layer. The lower limit of the content of the ultraviolet absorber is more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or less.

<分光穿透率調整劑> <Spectral transmittance adjuster>

分光穿透率調整劑係調整光學膜之分光穿透率者。於使功能層12含有例如下述通式(25)所表示之芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體之情形時,可較佳地滿足上述分光穿透率。 The spectral transmittance adjusting agent is one that adjusts the spectral transmittance of the optical film. When the functional layer 12 contains, for example, a sesamol type benzotriazole-based monomer represented by the following general formula (25), the above-mentioned spectral transmittance can be preferably satisfied.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0036-26
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0036-26

式中,R7表示氫原子或甲基。R8表示碳數1~6之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基或碳數1~6之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之氧伸烷基。 In the formula, R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 8 represents a linear or branched alkylene group with 1 to 6 carbons or a linear or branched oxyalkylene group with 1 to 6 carbons.

作為上述芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體,並無特別限制,作為具體之物質名,可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]乙酯、甲基丙烯酸3-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丙酯、丙烯酸3-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丙酯、甲基丙烯酸4-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丁酯、丙烯酸4-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基]丁酯、甲基丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基氧基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基氧基]乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)- 2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、甲基丙烯酸4-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]丁酯、丙烯酸4-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]丁酯、甲基丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、丙烯酸2-[3-{2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-基}丙醯氧基]乙酯、2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5羧酸2-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)乙酯、2-(丙烯醯氧基)乙基2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-羧酸酯、4-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)丁基2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-羧酸酯、4-(丙烯醯氧基)丁基2-(6-羥基苯并[1,3]二氧雜環戊烯-5-基)-2H-苯并三唑-5-羧酸酯等。又,該等芝麻酚型苯并三唑系單體可使用1種,又,亦可使用2種以上。 The above-mentioned sesamol-type benzotriazole-based monomer is not particularly limited, and specific substance names include: methacrylic acid 2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxane Penten-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl] ethyl ester, 2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl) acrylic acid -2H-benzotriazol-5-yl] ethyl ester, methacrylic acid 3-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzo Triazol-5-yl]propyl ester, acrylic acid 3-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl] Propyl ester, methacrylic acid 4-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl]butyl methacrylate, acrylic acid 4 -[2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl]butyl ester, methacrylic acid 2-[2-( 6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yloxy]ethyl ester, acrylic acid 2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzo [1,3]Dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yloxy]ethyl ester, methacrylic acid 2-[3-{2-(6-hydroxybenzo [1,3]Dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propanoxy]ethyl ester, 2-[3-{2-(6-hydroxybenzene) acrylic acid And [1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propionoxy]ethyl ester, methacrylic acid 4-[3-{2-(6 -Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propionoxy]butyl ester, acrylic acid 4-[3-{2-( 6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propionoxy]butyl ester, 2-[3-{methacrylic acid 2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propionyloxy]ethyl ester, acrylic acid 2-[3- {2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazol-5-yl}propionyloxy]ethyl ester, 2-(6- Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5carboxylic acid 2-(methacryloyloxy) ethyl ester, 2-(acryloyloxy) ) Ethyl 2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylate, 4-(methacryloxy ) Butyl 2-(6-Hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylate, 4-(acryloyloxy)butyl 2-(6-hydroxybenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-2H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylate and the like. In addition, these sesamol-type benzotriazole-based monomers may be used singly, or two or more kinds may be used.

<防污劑> <Antifouling agent>

作為防污劑,並無特別限定,例如可列舉聚矽氧系防污劑、氟系防污劑、聚矽氧系且氟系防污劑,可分別單獨使用,亦可混合而使用。又,作為防污劑,亦可為丙烯酸系防污劑。 The antifouling agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silicone-based antifouling agents, fluorine-based antifouling agents, silicone-based and fluorine-based antifouling agents, and they may be used alone or in combination. In addition, as an antifouling agent, an acrylic antifouling agent may also be used.

作為防污劑之含量,相對於上述聚合性化合物100質量份,較佳為0.01~3.0質量份。若為0.01質量份以上,則可對功能層賦予充分之防污性能,又,若為3.0質量份以下,則亦無功能層之硬度降低之虞。 The content of the antifouling agent is preferably 0.01 to 3.0 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the aforementioned polymerizable compound. If it is 0.01 parts by mass or more, sufficient antifouling performance can be imparted to the functional layer, and if it is 3.0 parts by mass or less, there is no possibility that the hardness of the functional layer will decrease.

防污劑較佳為重量平均分子量為5000以下,為了改善防污性能之耐久性,其係具有較佳為1個以上、更佳為2個以上之反應性官能基的化合物。其中,藉由使用具有2個以上之反應性官能基之防污劑,可賦予優異耐擦傷性。 The antifouling agent preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 5000 or less. In order to improve the durability of the antifouling performance, it is a compound having preferably one or more, more preferably two or more reactive functional groups. Among them, by using an antifouling agent having two or more reactive functional groups, excellent scratch resistance can be imparted.

於防污劑不具有反應性官能基之情形時,無論於光學膜為卷狀之情形時,亦或為片狀之情形時,防污劑均會於重疊時轉移至光學膜之背面, 若欲於光學膜之背面貼附或塗佈其他層,則有產生其他層之剝離之情況,進而,有因進行多次連續摺疊試驗而容易剝離之情形。 When the antifouling agent does not have reactive functional groups, no matter when the optical film is in roll or sheet form, the antifouling agent will be transferred to the back of the optical film when overlapped, if If you want to attach or coat other layers on the back of the optical film, peeling of other layers may occur, and furthermore, it may be easy to peel off due to multiple consecutive folding tests.

進而,具有上述反應性官能基之防污劑之防污性能之性能持續性(耐久性)變得良好,其中,含有上述氟系防污劑之功能層不易附著(不易顯眼)指紋,擦拭性亦良好。進而,由於可降低功能層用組成物之塗敷時之表面張力,故而調平性良好,所形成之功能層之外觀變得良好。 Furthermore, the performance continuity (durability) of the antifouling performance of the antifouling agent with the above-mentioned reactive functional group becomes better, and the functional layer containing the above-mentioned fluorine-based antifouling agent is less likely to adhere (not easily noticeable) fingerprints, and wipe off Also good. Furthermore, since the surface tension at the time of application of the composition for the functional layer can be reduced, the leveling property is good, and the appearance of the formed functional layer becomes good.

含有聚矽氧系防污劑之功能層之滑動性良好,耐鋼絲絨性良好。搭載有功能層含有此種聚矽氧系防污劑之光學膜的觸控感測器由於以手指或筆等接觸時之滑動變得良好,故而觸感變得良好。又,於功能層亦不易附著(不易顯眼)指紋,擦拭性亦變得良好。進而,由於可降低功能層用組成物之塗敷時之表面張力,故而調平性良好,所形成之功能層之外觀變得良好。 The functional layer containing silicone antifouling agent has good sliding properties and good steel wool resistance. A touch sensor equipped with a functional layer containing an optical film containing such a polysiloxane-based antifouling agent has a good sliding touch when touched with a finger or a pen, and thus has a good tactility. In addition, fingerprints are not easily attached (not easily visible) to the functional layer, and the wiping properties are also improved. Furthermore, since the surface tension at the time of application of the composition for the functional layer can be reduced, the leveling property is good, and the appearance of the formed functional layer becomes good.

作為聚矽氧系防污劑之市售品,例如可列舉:SUA1900L10(新中村化學公司製造)、SUA1900L6(新中村化學公司製造)、Ebecryl1360(Daicel-Cytec公司製造)、UT3971(日本合成公司製造)、BYKUV3500(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、BYKUV3510(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、BYKUV3570(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、X22-164E、X22-174BX、X22-2426、KBM503、KBM5103(信越化學公司製造)、TEGO-RAD2250、TEGO-RAD2300、TEGO-RAD2200N、TEGO-RAD2010、TEGO-RAD2500、TEGO-RAD2600、TEGO-RAD2700(Evonik Japan公司製造)、Megafac RS854(DIC公司製造)等。 As a commercially available product of the polysiloxane-based antifouling agent, for example, SUA1900L10 (manufactured by Shinnakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), SUA1900L6 (manufactured by Shinnakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl1360 (manufactured by Daicel-Cytec Co., Ltd.), and UT3971 (manufactured by Nippon Gosei Co., Ltd.) ), BYKUV3500 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), BYKUV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), BYKUV3570 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), X22-164E, X22-174BX, X22-2426, KBM503, KBM5103 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical) , TEGO-RAD2250, TEGO-RAD2300, TEGO-RAD2200N, TEGO-RAD2010, TEGO-RAD2500, TEGO-RAD2600, TEGO-RAD2700 (manufactured by Evonik Japan), Megafac RS854 (manufactured by DIC), etc.

作為氟系防污劑之市售品,例如可列舉:Optool DAC、Optool DSX(大金工業公司製造)、Megafac RS71、Megafac RS74(DIC公司製造)、LINC152EPA、LINC151EPA、LINC182UA(共榮社化學公司製造)、Ftergent 650A、Ftergent 601AD、Ftergent 602等。 Examples of commercially available fluorine-based antifouling agents include: Optool DAC, Optool DSX (manufactured by Daikin Industrial Co., Ltd.), Megafac RS71, Megafac RS74 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), LINC152EPA, LINC151EPA, and LINC182UA (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing), Ftergent 650A, Ftergent 601AD, Ftergent 602, etc.

作為氟系且聚矽氧系並且具有反應性官能基之防污劑之市售品,例如可列舉:Megafac RS851、Megafac RS852、Megafac RS853、Megafac RS854(DIC公司製造)、Opstar TU2225、Opstar TU2224(JSR公司製造)、X71-1203M(信越化學公司製造)等。 Commercial products of fluorine-based and silicone-based antifouling agents with reactive functional groups include, for example, Megafac RS851, Megafac RS852, Megafac RS853, Megafac RS854 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Optar TU2225, Optar TU2224 ( JSR Corporation), X71-1203M (Shin-Etsu Chemical Corporation), etc.

<<第1光學調整層>> <<The first optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層13係用以抑制干涉條紋之產生之層。關於光學調整層13之折射率,就抑制干涉條紋之產生之觀點而言,較佳為低於樹脂基材11之折射率且高於功能層12之折射率。光學調整層13之折射率可藉由與上述功能層之折射率相同之方法進行測定,因此此處省略說明。 The optical adjustment layer 13 is a layer for suppressing the generation of interference fringes. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 is preferably lower than the refractive index of the resin base material 11 and higher than the refractive index of the functional layer 12 from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of interference fringes. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the above-mentioned functional layer, so the description is omitted here.

光學調整層13與功能層12之折射率差(光學調整層之折射率-功能層之折射率)較佳為0.005以上且0.100以下。若該折射率差為0.005以上,則可成為雖產生光學調整層13與功能層12之界面反射但無法視認到干涉條紋之等級,又,若為0.100以下,則可成為雖確認到少許之干涉條紋但於實際使用中無問題之等級。該折射率差之下限更佳為0.007以上,上限更佳為0.090以下。光學調整層13之折射率亦可為0.010以上且0.080以下。 The refractive index difference between the optical adjustment layer 13 and the functional layer 12 (the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer-the refractive index of the functional layer) is preferably 0.005 or more and 0.100 or less. If the refractive index difference is 0.005 or more, it can be a level where interference fringes cannot be seen although reflection at the interface between the optical adjustment layer 13 and the functional layer 12 occurs, and if it is 0.100 or less, it can be that a little interference can be confirmed. Streaks, but no problem level in actual use. The lower limit of the refractive index difference is more preferably 0.007 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 0.090 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 may also be 0.010 or more and 0.080 or less.

光學調整層13之膜厚較佳為成為30nm以上且200nm以下。若光學調整層13之膜厚為30nm以上,則可確保功能層12與光學調整層13之充分之密接性,又,若為200nm以下,則可進一步抑制干涉條紋並且可提高摺疊性。光學調整層13之膜厚可藉由與功能層12相同之方法而求出。光學調整層13之下限更佳為50nm以上,上限更佳為150nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 13 is preferably 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less. If the thickness of the optical adjustment layer 13 is 30 nm or more, sufficient adhesion between the functional layer 12 and the optical adjustment layer 13 can be ensured, and if it is 200 nm or less, interference fringes can be further suppressed and foldability can be improved. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 13 can be obtained by the same method as that of the functional layer 12. The lower limit of the optical adjustment layer 13 is more preferably 50 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 150 nm or less.

光學調整層13亦可僅由樹脂所構成,較佳為含有黏合劑樹脂及用以調整折射率之粒子。光學調整層13之黏合劑樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯(urethane)系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中 之至少1種樹脂。光學調整層13之粒子較佳為選自由二氧化矽(silica)或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料等所組成之群中之至少1種。於該等中,就調整密接性與折射率差之觀點而言,更佳為聚酯系樹脂與氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子之組合。 The optical adjustment layer 13 may also be composed only of resin, and preferably contains a binder resin and particles for adjusting the refractive index. The binder resin of the optical adjustment layer 13 is preferably selected from (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, urethane resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyester resins, polyolefin resins, and polyolefin resins. At least one resin from the group consisting of carbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin. The particles of the optical adjustment layer 13 are preferably selected from the group consisting of low refractive index particles such as silica or magnesium fluoride, metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide, and inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue. At least one. Among these, from the viewpoint of adjusting the adhesiveness and the difference in refractive index, a combination of a polyester resin and metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide is more preferred.

又,為了獲得抗靜電性,光學調整層13亦可含有抗靜電劑。於光學調整層13含有抗靜電劑之情形時,光學調整層13亦作為抗靜電層發揮功能。藉由使光學調整層13含有抗靜電劑,可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值更穩定化。於使光學調整層13含有抗靜電劑之情形時,若使功能層12亦含有抗靜電劑,則可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值進一步穩定化。作為含有於光學調整層13之抗靜電劑,可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同者,因此此處省略說明。 In addition, in order to obtain antistatic properties, the optical adjustment layer 13 may contain an antistatic agent. When the optical adjustment layer 13 contains an antistatic agent, the optical adjustment layer 13 also functions as an antistatic layer. By making the optical adjustment layer 13 contain an antistatic agent, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be more stabilized. When the optical adjustment layer 13 contains an antistatic agent, if the functional layer 12 also contains an antistatic agent, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be further stabilized. As the antistatic agent contained in the optical adjustment layer 13, the same antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12 can be used, so the description is omitted here.

<<第2光學調整層>> <<Second optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層14係主要用以不使干涉條紋產生且提高樹脂基材11與光學調整層13之間之密接性的層。藉由於樹脂基材11與光學調整層13之間設置光學調整層14,可較樹脂基材11與光學調整層13直接接觸之情形時提高密接性。 The optical adjustment layer 14 is mainly used to improve the adhesion between the resin base material 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13 without generating interference fringes. Since the optical adjustment layer 14 is provided between the resin base material 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13, the adhesion can be improved compared to when the resin base material 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13 are in direct contact.

關於光學調整層14之折射率,就干涉條紋之觀點而言,較佳為低於樹脂基材11之折射率且高於光學調整層13之折射率。光學調整層14之折射率可藉由與功能層12相同之方法進行測定,因此此處省略說明。 Regarding the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 14, from the viewpoint of interference fringes, it is preferably lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11 and higher than the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 14 can be measured by the same method as that of the functional layer 12, so the description is omitted here.

光學調整層14與光學調整層13之折射率差(第2光學調整層之折射率-第1光學調整層之折射率)較佳為0.005以上且0.100以下。若該折射率差為0.005以上,則可成為雖產生光學調整層14與光學調整層13之界面反射但無法視認到干涉條紋之等級,又,若為0.100以下,則可成為雖確認到少許之干涉條紋但於實際使用中無問題之等級。該折射率差之下限更佳為0.007以上,上限更佳為0.090以下。光學調整層13之折射率亦可為0.010以上且0.080以下。 The refractive index difference between the optical adjustment layer 14 and the optical adjustment layer 13 (the refractive index of the second optical adjustment layer-the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer) is preferably 0.005 or more and 0.100 or less. If the refractive index difference is 0.005 or more, it can be a level where interference fringes cannot be seen although reflection at the interface between the optical adjustment layer 14 and the optical adjustment layer 13 occurs, and if it is less than 0.100, it can be slightly confirmed. The level of interference fringes but no problem in actual use. The lower limit of the refractive index difference is more preferably 0.007 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 0.090 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 13 may also be 0.010 or more and 0.080 or less.

光學調整層14之膜厚較佳為成為30nm以上且200nm以下。若光學調整層14之膜厚為30nm以上,則可確保光學調整層13與光學調整層14及樹脂基材11與光學調整層14之充分之密接性,又,若為200nm以下,則亦不會因光學調整層14與光學調整層13之折射率差而產生干涉條紋,又,可提高摺疊性。光學調整層14之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12相同之方法而求出。光學調整層14之下限更佳為50nm以上,上限更佳為150nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 14 is preferably 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less. If the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 14 is 30 nm or more, sufficient adhesion between the optical adjustment layer 13 and the optical adjustment layer 14 and the resin base material 11 and the optical adjustment layer 14 can be ensured, and if it is 200 nm or less, it is not Interference fringes are generated due to the difference in refractive index between the optical adjustment layer 14 and the optical adjustment layer 13, and the foldability can be improved. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 14 is determined by the same method as that of the functional layer 12. The lower limit of the optical adjustment layer 14 is more preferably 50 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 150 nm or less.

光學調整層14亦可僅由樹脂構成,較佳為含有黏合劑樹脂及用以調整折射率之粒子。光學調整層14之樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種樹脂。光學調整層13之粒子較佳為選自由二氧化矽或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料等所組成之群中之至少1種。於該等中,就調整密接性與折射率差之觀點而言,更佳為聚酯系樹脂與氧化鈦或氧化鋯等金屬氧化物粒子之組合。 The optical adjustment layer 14 may also be composed only of resin, and preferably contains a binder resin and particles for adjusting the refractive index. The resin of the optical adjustment layer 14 is preferably selected from (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, urethane resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyester resins, polyolefin resins, polycarbonate, nylon, At least one resin from the group consisting of polystyrene and ABS resin. The particles of the optical adjustment layer 13 are preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of low refractive index particles such as silicon dioxide or magnesium fluoride, metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide, and inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue. . Among these, from the viewpoint of adjusting the adhesiveness and the difference in refractive index, a combination of a polyester resin and metal oxide particles such as titanium oxide or zirconium oxide is more preferred.

又,為了獲得抗靜電性,光學調整層14亦可含有抗靜電劑。於光學調整層14含有抗靜電劑之情形時,光學調整層14亦作為抗靜電層發揮功能。藉由使光學調整層14含有抗靜電劑,可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值更穩定化。於使光學調整層14含有抗靜電劑之情形時,若使功能層12含有抗靜電劑,則可使光學膜10之正面10A之表面電阻值進一步穩定化。作為光學調整層14中所含之抗靜電劑,可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同者,因此此處省略說明。 In addition, in order to obtain antistatic properties, the optical adjustment layer 14 may contain an antistatic agent. When the optical adjustment layer 14 contains an antistatic agent, the optical adjustment layer 14 also functions as an antistatic layer. By making the optical adjustment layer 14 contain an antistatic agent, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be more stabilized. When the optical adjustment layer 14 contains an antistatic agent, if the functional layer 12 contains an antistatic agent, the surface resistance value of the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 can be further stabilized. As the antistatic agent contained in the optical adjustment layer 14, the same antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12 can be used, so the description is omitted here.

<<第3光學調整層>> <<3rd optical adjustment layer>>

光學調整層15係提高光學膜10之透光率之層。光學調整層15之折射率高於作為空氣之折射率之1.000,且低於樹脂基材11之折射率。光學調整層15之折射 率可藉由與上述功能層12之折射率相同之方法進行測定,因此此處省略說明。 The optical adjustment layer 15 is a layer that improves the light transmittance of the optical film 10. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 15 is higher than 1.000 which is the refractive index of air, and lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 15 can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the functional layer 12 described above, so the description is omitted here.

樹脂基材11與光學調整層15之折射率差(樹脂基材之折射率-第3光學調整層之折射率)較佳為0.005以上且0.700以下。若該折射率差為0.005以上,則可提高光學膜10之透光率,又,若為0.700以下,則無損光學膜10之透明性。該折射率差之下限更佳為0.010以上,上限更佳為0.600以下。光學調整層15之折射率亦可為0.050以上且0.500以下。 The refractive index difference between the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 15 (the refractive index of the resin substrate-the refractive index of the third optical adjustment layer) is preferably 0.005 or more and 0.700 or less. If the refractive index difference is 0.005 or more, the light transmittance of the optical film 10 can be improved, and if it is 0.700 or less, the transparency of the optical film 10 will not be impaired. The lower limit of the refractive index difference is more preferably 0.010 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 0.600 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 15 may also be 0.050 or more and 0.500 or less.

光學調整層15之膜厚較佳為成為30nm以上且1μm以下。若光學調整層15之膜厚為30nm以上,則可進一步提高光學膜10之透光率,又,若為1μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。光學調整層15之膜厚可藉由與功能層12相同之方法而求出。光學調整層15之下限更佳為50nm以上,上限更佳為700nm以下,進而較佳為500nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 15 is preferably 30 nm or more and 1 μm or less. If the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 15 is 30 nm or more, the light transmittance of the optical film 10 can be further increased, and if it is 1 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 15 can be obtained by the same method as that of the functional layer 12. The lower limit of the optical adjustment layer 15 is more preferably 50 nm or more, the upper limit is more preferably 700 nm or less, and more preferably 500 nm or less.

關於光學調整層15之構成,只要為折射率高於1.000且低於樹脂基材11之折射率之層,則並無特別限定。光學調整層15可由樹脂構成。光學調整層15除含有樹脂以外,亦可為了進一步降低折射率而含有具有低於該樹脂之折射率之低折射率粒子。又,為了獲得抗靜電性,光學調整層15亦可含有抗靜電劑。於光學調整層15含有抗靜電劑之情形時,光學調整層15亦作為抗靜電層發揮功能。進而,為了調整光學膜10之色調,光學調整層15亦可含有上述分光穿透率調整劑等色調調整劑。 The structure of the optical adjustment layer 15 is not particularly limited as long as it has a refractive index higher than 1.000 and lower than the refractive index of the resin base material 11. The optical adjustment layer 15 may be composed of resin. In addition to containing resin, the optical adjustment layer 15 may contain low refractive index particles having a refractive index lower than that of the resin in order to further reduce the refractive index. In addition, in order to obtain antistatic properties, the optical adjustment layer 15 may contain an antistatic agent. When the optical adjustment layer 15 contains an antistatic agent, the optical adjustment layer 15 also functions as an antistatic layer. Furthermore, in order to adjust the color tone of the optical film 10, the optical adjustment layer 15 may contain the color tone adjustment agent, such as the said spectral transmittance adjustment agent.

<樹脂> <Resin>

樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種樹脂。於該等中,就與樹脂基材11之密接性之觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂等。 The resin is preferably selected from (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, urethane resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyester resins, polyolefin resins, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and At least one resin in the group consisting of ABS resin. Among them, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the resin substrate 11, (meth)acrylic resins, urethane resins, polyester resins, and the like are preferred.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯 等。又,作為上述纖維素系樹脂,例如可列舉:二乙醯纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維素(CAP)、乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB)等。作為上述胺酯系樹脂,例如可列舉胺酯樹脂等。 As the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic resin, for example, polymethyl methacrylate and the like can be cited. Moreover, as said cellulose resin, diacetyl cellulose, cellulose acetate propionate (CAP), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), etc. are mentioned, for example. As said urethane resin, a urethane resin etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為上述氯乙烯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。又,作為上述聚酯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等。又,作為上述聚烯烴系樹脂,例如可列舉聚乙烯、聚丙烯等。 As said vinyl chloride resin, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, as said polyester resin, polyethylene terephthalate etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, as said polyolefin resin, polyethylene, polypropylene, etc. are mentioned, for example.

<低折射率粒子> <Low refractive index particles>

作為低折射率粒子,例如可列舉由二氧化矽或氟化鎂所構成之實心或中空粒子等。於該等中,較佳為中空二氧化矽粒子,此種中空二氧化矽粒子例如可藉由日本特開2005-099778號公報之實施例所記載之製造方法進行製作。 Examples of the low refractive index particles include solid or hollow particles composed of silicon dioxide or magnesium fluoride. Among them, hollow silica particles are preferred, and such hollow silica particles can be produced, for example, by the manufacturing method described in the Examples of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-099778.

低折射率粒子之平均粒徑(平均一次粒徑)較佳為5nm以上且100nm以下。若低折射率粒子之平均粒徑為上述範圍內,則無損光學調整層15之透明性,可獲得良好之粒子之分散狀態。低折射率粒子之平均粒徑係由使用穿透型電子顯微鏡(TEM)或掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)所拍攝之光學調整層15之剖面之影像測定20個低折射率粒子之粒徑,採用20個低折射率粒子之粒徑之算術平均值。低折射率粒子之平均粒徑之下限更佳為10nm以上,上限更佳為80nm以下,進而較佳為70nm以下。 The average particle diameter (average primary particle diameter) of the low refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less. If the average particle size of the low refractive index particles is within the above range, the transparency of the optical adjustment layer 15 will not be impaired, and a good dispersion state of the particles can be obtained. The average particle size of the low-refractive-index particles is determined by the cross-sectional image of the optical adjustment layer 15 taken with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) to determine the particle size of 20 low-refractive-index particles , Using the arithmetic average of the particle diameters of 20 low refractive index particles. The lower limit of the average particle diameter of the low refractive index particles is more preferably 10 nm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 80 nm or less, and still more preferably 70 nm or less.

作為低折射率粒子,較佳為使用於表面具有反應基之二氧化矽粒子(反應性二氧化矽粒子),尤佳為反應性中空二氧化矽粒子。此種於表面具有反應基之二氧化矽粒子可藉由利用矽烷偶合劑等對二氧化矽粒子進行表面處理而製作。作為利用矽烷偶合劑對二氧化矽粒子之表面進行處理之方法,可列舉:對二氧化矽粒子噴霧矽烷偶合劑之乾式法、或於使二氧化矽粒子分散至溶劑中後添加矽烷偶合劑進行反應之濕式法等。 As the low refractive index particles, silica particles having reactive groups on the surface (reactive silica particles) are preferred, and reactive hollow silica particles are particularly preferred. Such silicon dioxide particles with reactive groups on the surface can be produced by surface treatment of silicon dioxide particles with a silane coupling agent or the like. As a method of treating the surface of silica particles with a silane coupling agent, there can be mentioned: a dry method of spraying silica particles with a silane coupling agent, or adding a silane coupling agent after the silica particles are dispersed in a solvent. The wet method of reaction, etc.

<抗靜電劑> <Antistatic Agent>

作為光學調整層15中所含之抗靜電劑,可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同者,因此此處省略說明。 As the antistatic agent contained in the optical adjustment layer 15, the same antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12 can be used, so the description is omitted here.

<<光學膜之製造方法>> <<The manufacturing method of optical film>>

光學膜10例如可藉由以下方式製作。首先,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於樹脂基材11之第1面11A上塗佈用以形成光學調整層14之第2光學調整層用組成物,而形成第2光學調整層用組成物之塗膜。 The optical film 10 can be produced by the following method, for example. First, a coating device such as a bar coater is used to coat the second optical adjustment layer composition for forming the optical adjustment layer 14 on the first surface 11A of the resin substrate 11 to form the second optical adjustment layer. The coating film of the layer composition.

<第2光學調整層用組成物> <Composition for the second optical adjustment layer>

第2光學調整層用組成物含有黏合劑樹脂前驅物、金屬氧化物等粒子及溶劑。本說明書中所謂「黏合劑樹脂前驅物」係指藉由去除溶劑、或利用熱或電離放射線使之硬化而成為黏合劑樹脂之成分。 The composition for the second optical adjustment layer contains particles such as binder resin precursors, metal oxides, and solvents. In this specification, the "binder resin precursor" refers to the component that becomes the binder resin by removing the solvent or curing it with heat or ionizing radiation.

作為黏合劑樹脂前驅物,可列舉溶劑乾燥型樹脂及利用熱或電離放射線而硬化之聚合性化合物。作為本說明書中之電離放射線,可列舉:可見光線、以及紫外線、X射線、電子束、α射線、β射線、及γ射線。第2光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有二氧化矽或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料、調平劑、及聚合起始劑之至少任一者。又,於使用聚酯系樹脂作為黏合劑樹脂前驅物之情形時,第2光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、ABS樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂。 Examples of binder resin precursors include solvent-dried resins and polymerizable compounds that are cured by heat or ionizing radiation. Examples of ionizing radiation in this specification include visible rays, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, electron beams, α rays, β rays, and γ rays. The composition for the second optical adjustment layer may optionally contain at least any one of low refractive index particles such as silicon dioxide or magnesium fluoride, inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue, a leveling agent, and a polymerization initiator. In addition, when polyester resin is used as the binder resin precursor, the composition for the second optical adjustment layer may optionally contain (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, and urethane resins. , Vinyl chloride resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin.

於形成第2光學調整層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如40℃以上且200℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發、或使該塗膜硬化,又,視需要對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線,形成鄰接於樹脂基材11之光學調整層14。 After forming the coating film of the composition for the second optical adjustment layer, the coating film is dried by using various known methods at a temperature of, for example, 40°C or higher and 200°C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds to evaporate the solvent Or, the coating film is cured, and if necessary, ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays is irradiated to the coating film to form the optical adjustment layer 14 adjacent to the resin base material 11.

繼而,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於光學調整層14上塗佈用以形成光學調整層13之第1光學調整層用組成物,而形成第1光學調整層用組成 物之塗膜。 Then, the first optical adjustment layer composition for forming the optical adjustment layer 13 is coated on the optical adjustment layer 14 by a coating device such as a bar coater to form the first optical adjustment layer composition涂膜。 Coating.

<第1光學調整層用組成物> <Composition for the first optical adjustment layer>

第1光學調整層用組成物含有黏合劑樹脂前驅物、金屬氧化物等粒子及溶劑。第1光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有二氧化矽或氟化鎂等低折射率粒子、鈷藍等無機顏料、調平劑、及聚合起始劑之至少任一者。又,於使用聚酯系樹脂作為黏合劑樹脂前驅物之情形時,第1光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、ABS樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂。 The composition for the first optical adjustment layer contains particles such as binder resin precursors, metal oxides, and solvents. The composition for the first optical adjustment layer may optionally contain at least any one of low refractive index particles such as silicon dioxide or magnesium fluoride, inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue, a leveling agent, and a polymerization initiator. In addition, when polyester resin is used as the binder resin precursor, the first optical adjustment layer composition may optionally contain (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, and urethane resins. , Vinyl chloride resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin.

於形成第1光學調整層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如40℃以上且200℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發、或使該塗膜硬化,又,視需要對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而形成光學調整層13。 After forming the coating film of the composition for the first optical adjustment layer, the coating film is dried by using various known methods at a temperature of, for example, 40°C or higher and 200°C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds to evaporate the solvent Or, the coating film is cured, and if necessary, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to form the optical adjustment layer 13.

於形成光學調整層13後,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於光學調整層13上塗佈用以形成功能層12之功能層用組成物,形成功能層用組成物之塗膜。 After the optical adjustment layer 13 is formed, a coating device such as a bar coater is used to coat the functional layer composition for forming the functional layer 12 on the optical adjustment layer 13 to form a coating film of the functional layer composition .

<功能層用組成物> <Composition for functional layer>

功能層用組成物含有硬化後成為黏合劑樹脂之聚合性化合物。功能層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有抗靜電劑、紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、防污劑、無機粒子、調平劑、溶劑、聚合起始劑。 The composition for the functional layer contains a polymerizable compound that becomes a binder resin after curing. The composition for the functional layer may also optionally contain an antistatic agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a spectral transmittance adjuster, an antifouling agent, an inorganic particle, a leveling agent, a solvent, and a polymerization initiator.

(溶劑) (Solvent)

作為上述溶劑,可列舉:醇(例如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、苄醇、PGME、乙二醇、二丙酮醇)、酮(例如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、庚酮、二異丁基酮、二乙基 酮、二丙酮醇)、酯(乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、甲酸甲酯、PGMEA)、脂肪族烴(例如己烷、環己烷)、鹵代烴(例二氯甲烷、氯仿、四氯化碳)、芳香族烴(例如苯、甲苯、二甲苯)、醯胺(例如二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、正甲基吡咯啶酮)、醚(例如二乙醚、二

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0046-63
烷、四氫呋喃)、醚醇(例如1-甲氧基-2-丙醇)、碳酸酯(碳酸二甲酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸甲酯乙酯)等。該等溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。其中,作為上述溶劑,就使(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯等成分、以及其他添加劑溶解或分散,可較佳地塗敷功能層用組成物之方面,較佳為甲基異丁基酮、甲基乙基酮。 Examples of the above-mentioned solvents include alcohols (for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, tertiary butanol, benzyl alcohol, PGME, ethylene glycol, diacetone alcohol), ketones (E.g. acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, heptanone, diisobutyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diacetone alcohol), ester (methyl acetate, Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, methyl formate, PGMEA), aliphatic hydrocarbons (e.g. hexane, cyclohexane), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g. dichloromethane, chloroform, four Carbon chloride), aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g. benzene, toluene, xylene), amides (e.g. dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, n-methylpyrrolidone), ethers (e.g. diethyl ether, two
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0046-63
Alkanes, tetrahydrofuran), ether alcohols (e.g. 1-methoxy-2-propanol), carbonates (dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, ethyl methyl carbonate) and the like. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. Among them, as the above-mentioned solvent, in terms of dissolving or dispersing components such as (meth)acrylate amine ester and other additives, and can preferably coat the composition for the functional layer, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and methyl isobutyl ketone are preferable in terms of dissolving or dispersing components such as (meth) acrylate and other additives.基ethyl ketone.

(聚合起始劑) (Polymerization initiator)

聚合起始劑係於電離放射線照射下分解,產生自由基而使聚合性化合物之聚合(交聯)開始或進行之成分。 The polymerization initiator is a component that decomposes under the irradiation of ionizing radiation to generate free radicals to start or proceed the polymerization (crosslinking) of the polymerizable compound.

聚合起始劑只要可藉由電離放射線照射而釋出使自由基聚合開始之物質,則並無特別限定。作為聚合起始劑,並無特別限定,可使用公知者,具體例例如可列舉:苯乙酮類、二苯甲酮類、米其勒苯甲醯基苯甲酸酯、α-戊基肟酯、9-氧硫

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0046-64
類、苯丙酮類、苯偶醯類、安息香類、醯基氧化膦類。又,較佳為混合光敏劑而使用,作為其具體例,例如可列舉:正丁胺、三乙胺、聚正丁基膦等。 The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by irradiation with ionizing radiation. The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. Specific examples include, for example, acetophenones, benzophenones, Michler benzoic acid benzoate, and α-pentyl oxime. Ester, 9-oxysulfur
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0046-64
Type, phenylacetone, benzil, benzoin, phosphine oxide. Moreover, it is preferable to mix and use a photosensitizer, and as a specific example, n-butylamine, triethylamine, poly-n-butyl phosphine, etc. are mentioned, for example.

於形成功能層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如30℃以上且120℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發。 After the coating film of the composition for the functional layer is formed, the coating film is dried by heating the coating film at a temperature of 30°C or higher and 120°C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various known methods to evaporate the solvent.

於使塗膜乾燥後,對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而使塗膜硬化。藉此,形成鄰接於光學調整層13之功能層12。 After drying the coating film, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to harden the coating film. Thereby, the functional layer 12 adjacent to the optical adjustment layer 13 is formed.

於形成功能層12後,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於樹脂基材 11之第2面11B上塗佈用以形成光學調整層15之第3光學調整層用組成物,而形成第3光學調整層用組成物之塗膜。 After the functional layer 12 is formed, the third optical adjustment layer composition for forming the optical adjustment layer 15 is coated on the second surface 11B of the resin substrate 11 by a coating device such as a bar coater, and The coating film of the composition for the third optical adjustment layer is formed.

<第3光學調整層用組成物> <The third optical adjustment layer composition>

第3光學調整層用組成物含有樹脂前驅物及溶劑。第3光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有低折射率粒子、抗靜電劑、鈷藍等無機顏料、調平劑、及聚合起始劑之至少任一者。又,於使用聚酯系樹脂作為樹脂前驅物之情形時,第3光學調整層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、ABS樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂。溶劑與功能層用組成物之欄中所說明之溶劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The composition for the third optical adjustment layer contains a resin precursor and a solvent. The composition for the third optical adjustment layer may optionally contain at least any one of low refractive index particles, antistatic agents, inorganic pigments such as cobalt blue, leveling agents, and polymerization initiators. In addition, when polyester resin is used as the resin precursor, the composition for the third optical adjustment layer may optionally contain (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, urethane resins, and chlorine. One or more resins from the group consisting of ethylene resin, polyolefin resin, polycarbonate, nylon, polystyrene, and ABS resin. The solvent is the same as the solvent described in the column of the composition for the functional layer, so the description is omitted here.

於形成第3光學調整層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如40℃以上且200℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發、或使該塗膜硬化,又,視需要對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而形成光學調整層15。藉此,獲得圖1所示之光學膜10。 After forming the coating film of the composition for the third optical adjustment layer, the coating film is dried by using various known methods at a temperature of, for example, 40°C or higher and 200°C or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds to evaporate the solvent Or, the coating film is cured, and if necessary, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to form the optical adjustment layer 15. Thereby, the optical film 10 shown in FIG. 1 is obtained.

<<<其他光學膜>>> <<<Other optical films>>>

光學膜亦可為圖4~圖7所示之光學膜30、40、50、60。圖4~圖7所示之光學膜30、40、50、60亦為用於影像顯示裝置者,並可摺疊。 The optical film may also be the optical films 30, 40, 50, 60 shown in FIGS. 4-7. The optical films 30, 40, 50, 60 shown in FIGS. 4-7 are also used for image display devices and can be folded.

圖4所示之光學膜30具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;及光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12。再者,圖4所示之光學膜30未設置光學調整層14,光學調整層13鄰接於功能層12及樹脂基材11。光學膜30之物性等與光學膜10之物性等相同,因此此處省略說明。光學膜30之正面30A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜30之背面30B成為光學調整層15之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面15A。 The optical film 30 shown in FIG. 4 includes: a resin substrate 11; a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11; and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 , And adjacent to the functional layer 12. Furthermore, the optical film 30 shown in FIG. 4 is not provided with the optical adjustment layer 14, and the optical adjustment layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin substrate 11. The physical properties and the like of the optical film 30 are the same as the physical properties and the like of the optical film 10, so the description is omitted here. The front surface 30A of the optical film 30 becomes the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 30B of the optical film 30 becomes the surface 15A of the optical adjustment layer 15 on the opposite side to the resin substrate 11 side.

圖5所示之光學膜40具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12;及樹脂層41,其設置於樹脂基材11之第2面11B。再者,圖5所示之光學膜40未設置光學調整層14,光學調整層13鄰接於功能層12及樹脂基材11。光學膜40之正面40A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜40之背面30B成為樹脂層41之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面41A。 The optical film 40 shown in FIG. 5 includes: a resin substrate 11; a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11; and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 Between, and adjacent to the functional layer 12; and the resin layer 41, which is provided on the second surface 11B of the resin substrate 11. Furthermore, the optical film 40 shown in FIG. 5 is not provided with the optical adjustment layer 14, and the optical adjustment layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin substrate 11. The front surface 40A of the optical film 40 becomes the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 30B of the optical film 40 becomes the surface 41A of the resin layer 41 on the opposite side to the resin substrate 11 side.

圖6所示之光學膜50具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12;樹脂層41,其設置於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側;及光學調整層15,其設置於樹脂基材11與樹脂層41之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11。再者,圖6所示之光學膜50未設置光學調整層14,光學調整層13鄰接於功能層12及樹脂基材11。光學膜50之正面50A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜50之背面50B成為樹脂層41之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面41A。 The optical film 50 shown in FIG. 6 includes: a resin substrate 11; a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11; and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 Between and adjacent to the functional layer 12; the resin layer 41, which is provided on the second surface 11B side of the resin substrate 11; and the optical adjustment layer 15, which is provided between the resin substrate 11 and the resin layer 41, and is adjacent to Resin substrate 11. Furthermore, the optical film 50 shown in FIG. 6 is not provided with the optical adjustment layer 14, and the optical adjustment layer 13 is adjacent to the functional layer 12 and the resin substrate 11. The front surface 50A of the optical film 50 becomes the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 50B of the optical film 50 becomes the surface 41A of the resin layer 41 on the opposite side to the resin substrate 11 side.

圖7所示之光學膜60具備:樹脂基材11;功能層12,其設置於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側;光學調整層13,其設置於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間,且鄰接於功能層12;光學調整層14,其設置於樹脂基材11與光學調整層13之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11;樹脂層41,其設置於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側;及光學調整層15,其設置於樹脂基材11與樹脂層41之間,且鄰接於樹脂基材11。再者,光學膜60之正面60A成為功能層12之正面12A,光學膜60之背面60B成為樹脂層41之與樹脂基材11側之面為相反側之面41A。 The optical film 60 shown in FIG. 7 includes: a resin substrate 11; a functional layer 12 provided on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11; and an optical adjustment layer 13 provided on the resin substrate 11 and the functional layer 12 Between and adjacent to the functional layer 12; the optical adjustment layer 14, which is disposed between the resin substrate 11 and the optical adjustment layer 13, and is adjacent to the resin substrate 11; the resin layer 41, which is disposed on the first part of the resin substrate 11 2 side 11B side; and the optical adjustment layer 15, which is provided between the resin base material 11 and the resin layer 41, and is adjacent to the resin base material 11. Furthermore, the front surface 60A of the optical film 60 becomes the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12, and the back surface 60B of the optical film 60 becomes the surface 41A of the resin layer 41 on the opposite side to the resin substrate 11 side.

於光學膜40、50、60中,在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下。若膜之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa,則於對光學膜之正面施加有衝擊時,不僅可抑制光學膜自身之變形,而且即便於在較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部配置有黏著層 之情形時,亦可抑制黏著層之塑性變形。又,若光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'為1200MPa以下,則可抑制摺疊時之光學膜40之破裂。光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'之下限較佳為成為400MPa以上,更佳為成為500MPa以上。藉由設為此種下限,可獲得更優異之耐衝擊性。光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'之上限較佳為未達800MPa。藉由設為此種上限,於摺疊靜置並再次打開時可獲得良好之恢復性。 In the optical films 40, 50, and 60, the shear storage modulus G'in the frequency region above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz at 25° C. exceeds 200 MPa and is below 1200 MPa. If the shear storage modulus G'of the film exceeds 200MPa, when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, not only the deformation of the optical film itself can be suppressed, but also even when the optical film is more closely located inside the image display device In the case of the adhesive layer, plastic deformation of the adhesive layer can also be suppressed. In addition, if the shear storage modulus G'of the optical films 40, 50, 60 is 1200 MPa or less, the optical film 40 can be prevented from breaking when folded. The lower limit of the shear storage modulus G'of the optical films 40, 50, 60 is preferably 400 MPa or more, and more preferably 500 MPa or more. By setting such a lower limit, more excellent impact resistance can be obtained. The upper limit of the shear storage modulus G'of the optical films 40, 50, 60 is preferably less than 800 MPa. By setting this upper limit, good recoverability can be obtained when the folded is allowed to stand still and then opened again.

於光學膜40、50、60中,在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切損耗模數G"成為3MPa以上且150MPa以下。若光學膜之剪切損耗模數G"為3MPa以上,則可抑制衝擊吸收性能之降低。又,若光學膜40、50、60之剪切損耗模數G"為150MPa以下,則可抑制樹脂層41之硬度降低。光學膜40之剪切損耗模數G"之下限較佳為成為20MPa以上,又,光學膜40之剪切損耗模數G"之上限就光學膜40、50、60之薄型化之觀點而言,較佳為成為130MPa以下,更佳為成為100MPa以下。 In the optical films 40, 50, 60, the shear loss modulus G" in the frequency region above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz at 25° C. becomes 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less. If the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film is 3MPa or more, the reduction of impact absorption performance can be suppressed. In addition, if the shear loss modulus G" of the optical films 40, 50, 60 is 150 MPa or less, the decrease in the hardness of the resin layer 41 can be suppressed. The lower limit of the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40 is preferably 20 MPa As mentioned above, the upper limit of the shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40 is preferably 130 MPa or less, and more preferably 100 MPa or less from the viewpoint of thinning of the optical films 40, 50, and 60.

剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"可藉由動態黏彈性測定裝置(DMA)進行測定。於藉由動態黏彈性測定裝置(DMA)測定光學膜40之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"時,首先,將光學膜40沖裁為10mm×5mm之長方形狀而獲得樣品。繼而,準備2片該樣品,安裝於作為動態黏彈性測定裝置(製品名「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)之選項之固體剪切用夾具。具體而言,如圖8所示,固體剪切用夾具70具備厚度1mm之1片金屬製固體剪切板(中板)及配置於該固體剪切板71之兩側之2個L型金屬件72(外板),於該固體剪切板71與一L型金屬件72之間夾著一樣品,且於固體剪切板71與另一L型金屬件72之間夾著另一樣品。於此情形時,以樹脂層成為固體剪切板51側、功能層成為L型金屬件72側之方式夾著樣品S。繼而,利用螺釘53將L型金屬件72間緊固,固定樣品S。繼而,於在動態黏彈性測定裝置(製品名 「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)安裝由上部夾頭及下部夾頭所構成之拉伸試驗用夾頭後,於上部夾頭與下部夾頭之間以夾頭間距離20mm安裝固體剪切用夾具。夾頭間距離為上部夾頭與下部夾頭之間之距離。繼而,將設定溫度設為25℃並以2℃/min升溫。於該狀態下,一面固定固體剪切板71一面對2個L型金屬件72施加應變量1%且頻率500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之範圍之縱向振動,一面進行在25℃之固體之動態黏彈性測定,測定光學膜40、50、60之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"。此處,光學膜之於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"係設為藉由如下方式獲得之值,即,對L型金屬件分別施加頻率500Hz、750Hz、950Hz之縱向振動,於各頻率下測定光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G",求出該等剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"之算術平均值,進而將該測定重複3次,將分別獲得之3個算術平均值進一步進行算術平均。再者,於上述中,設為500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之原因在於,該頻率區域之頻率係使物體自數cm之高度自由落下時光學膜之正面變形數微米至數十微米之頻率,且係對存在於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之顯示面板等造成損傷之頻率。 Shear storage modulus G'and shear loss modulus G" can be measured by a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (DMA). When measuring the shear storage modulus of the optical film 40 by a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (DMA) In the case of G'and shear loss modulus G", first, the optical film 40 is punched into a rectangular shape of 10 mm×5 mm to obtain a sample. Next, two pieces of this sample were prepared, and they were attached to a solid shear jig as an option of a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.). Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8, the solid shearing jig 70 includes a metal solid shearing plate (middle plate) with a thickness of 1 mm and two L-shaped metals arranged on both sides of the solid shearing plate 71 Piece 72 (outer plate), a sample is sandwiched between the solid shear plate 71 and an L-shaped metal piece 72, and another sample is sandwiched between the solid shear plate 71 and another L-shaped metal piece 72 . In this case, the sample S is sandwiched so that the resin layer becomes the solid shear plate 51 side and the functional layer becomes the L-shaped metal fitting 72 side. Then, the L-shaped metal fittings 72 are fastened with screws 53 to fix the sample S. Then, after installing a tensile test chuck composed of an upper chuck and a lower chuck on the dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.), the upper chuck and the lower chuck Between the chucks, a solid cutting fixture is installed at a distance of 20mm between the chucks. The distance between the chucks is the distance between the upper chuck and the lower chuck. Then, the set temperature was set to 25°C and the temperature was increased at 2°C/min. In this state, a solid shear plate 71 is fixed on one side and a longitudinal vibration with a strain of 1% and a frequency of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less is applied to the two L-shaped metal parts 72, and the dynamic adhesion of the solid at 25 ℃ is performed. Elasticity measurement, measuring the shear storage modulus G'and shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40, 50, 60. Here, the shear storage modulus G of the optical film in the frequency region above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz 'And shear loss modulus G" is set to the value obtained by applying longitudinal vibration of 500Hz, 750Hz, 950Hz to the L-shaped metal parts, and measuring the shear storage of the optical film at each frequency Modulus G'and shear loss modulus G", calculate the arithmetic average of these shear storage modulus G'and shear loss modulus G", and then repeat the measurement 3 times to obtain 3 An arithmetic average is further performed arithmetic average. Furthermore, in the above, the reason for setting the frequency region above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz is that the frequency of this frequency region is a frequency that deforms the front surface of the optical film from a few micrometers to tens of micrometers when an object falls freely from a height of several cm. , And it is the frequency of causing damage to the display panel, etc., which are more inside the image display device than the optical film.

光學膜40、50、60之物性等除上述以外,與光學膜10之物性等相同,因此此處省略說明。 The physical properties of the optical films 40, 50, and 60 are the same as the physical properties of the optical film 10 except for the above, so the description is omitted here.

<<樹脂層>> <<Resin layer>>

樹脂層41係由具有透光性之樹脂所構成之層。樹脂層41係具有衝擊吸收性之層。樹脂層亦可成為由2個以上之樹脂層所構成之多層構造。 The resin layer 41 is a layer composed of a resin having translucency. The resin layer 41 is a layer having impact absorption. The resin layer may have a multilayer structure composed of two or more resin layers.

樹脂層41之膜厚成為50μm以上且300μm以下。若樹脂層41之膜厚為50μm以上,則可抑制樹脂層41之硬度降低,又,若為300μm以下,則可實現薄型化,且加工性亦不會劣化。樹脂層41之膜厚係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)拍攝樹脂層41之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定20個部位之樹脂層41 之膜厚,採用該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。樹脂層41之下限更佳為60μm以上,樹脂層41之上限更佳為150μm以下,進而較佳為100μm以下。 The film thickness of the resin layer 41 is 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less. If the film thickness of the resin layer 41 is 50 μm or more, the hardness of the resin layer 41 can be suppressed from decreasing, and if it is 300 μm or less, the thickness can be reduced without deterioration in processability. The film thickness of the resin layer 41 is taken by using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) to photograph the cross section of the resin layer 41, and the film thickness of the resin layer 41 at 20 locations is measured in the image of the cross section, and the arithmetic of the film thickness of the 20 locations is used average value. The lower limit of the resin layer 41 is more preferably 60 μm or more, and the upper limit of the resin layer 41 is more preferably 150 μm or less, and more preferably 100 μm or less.

構成樹脂層41之樹脂只要為如光學膜40之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"成為上述範圍內之樹脂,則並無特別限定。作為此種樹脂,可列舉:丙烯酸系凝膠、胺酯系凝膠、聚矽氧系凝膠、胺酯系樹脂、環氧系樹脂等。於該等中,較佳為丙烯酸系凝膠。所謂「凝膠」,一般係指於高黏度下失去流動性之分散系統。再者,樹脂層41除含有丙烯酸系凝膠或胺酯系樹脂等以外,亦可含有橡膠或熱塑性彈性體。 As long as the resin constituting the resin layer 41 is a resin whose shear storage modulus G'and shear loss modulus G" in the frequency region above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz at 25° C. of the optical film 40 fall within the above range, then It is not particularly limited. Examples of such resins include acrylic gels, urethane gels, silicone gels, urethane resins, epoxy resins, etc. Among them, preferred are Acrylic gel. The so-called "gel" generally refers to a dispersion system that loses fluidity at high viscosity. In addition, the resin layer 41 may contain rubber or thermoplastic elastomer in addition to acrylic gel or urethane resin.

(丙烯酸系凝膠) (Acrylic gel)

作為丙烯酸系凝膠,只要為用於黏著劑等之使含有丙烯酸酯之單體聚合而成之聚合物,則可使用各種。具體而言,作為丙烯酸系凝膠,例如可使用使(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異肉豆蔻酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯等丙烯酸系單體聚合或共聚而成者。於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」係包括「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」之兩者之含義。再者,上述(共)聚合時使用之丙烯酸酯除單獨使用以外,亦可併用2種以上。 As the acrylic gel, various types can be used as long as it is a polymer obtained by polymerizing monomers containing acrylates for adhesives and the like. Specifically, as the acrylic gel, for example, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, ( Isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, n-pentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Octyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, isomyristyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Acrylic monomers such as isodecyl acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, and isostearyl (meth)acrylate are polymerized or copolymerized. In this specification, the term "(meth)acrylate" includes both the meaning of "acrylate" and "methacrylate". In addition, the acrylate used in the above (co)polymerization may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in combination.

(胺酯系樹脂) (Amino ester resin)

胺酯系樹脂係具有胺酯鍵之樹脂。作為胺酯系樹脂,可列舉電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之硬化物或熱硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之硬化物等。於 該等中,就可獲得高硬度、硬化速度亦較快而量產性優異之觀點而言,較佳為電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之硬化物。 The urethane resin is a resin having urethane bonds. Examples of the urethane resin include a cured product of an ionizing radiation-curable urethane resin composition or a cured product of a thermosetting urethane resin composition. Among these, from the viewpoint of obtaining high hardness, fast curing speed, and excellent mass productivity, a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable urethane resin composition is preferred.

電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物含有(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯,熱硬化性胺酯系樹脂含有多元醇化合物與異氰酸酯化合物。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯、多元醇化合物、及異氰酸酯化合物可為單體、低聚物、及預聚物之任一者。 The ionizing radiation curable urethane resin composition contains (meth)acrylate urethane, and the thermosetting urethane resin contains a polyol compound and an isocyanate compound. The amine (meth)acrylate, polyol compound, and isocyanate compound may be any of monomers, oligomers, and prepolymers.

(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯中之(甲基)丙烯醯基之數量(官能基數)較佳為2以上且4以下。若(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯中之(甲基)丙烯醯基之數量未達2,則有鉛筆硬度變低之虞,又,若超過4,則有硬化收縮變大,光學膜發生捲曲,又,彎曲時於樹脂層產生龜裂之虞。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯中之(甲基)丙烯醯基之數量之上限更佳為3以下。再者,所謂「(甲基)丙烯醯基」係包括「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」之兩者之含義。 The number of (meth)acrylic groups (the number of functional groups) in the amine (meth)acrylate is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less. If the number of (meth)acrylic groups in the (meth)acrylate amine ester is less than 2, the pencil hardness may decrease, and if it exceeds 4, the curing shrinkage may increase, and the optical film may curl. In addition, cracks may occur in the resin layer at the time of bending. The upper limit of the number of (meth)acrylic acid groups in the (meth)acrylate amine ester is more preferably 3 or less. Furthermore, the so-called "(meth)acryloyl" includes both the meaning of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl".

(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量較佳為1500以上且20000以下。若(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量未達1500,則有耐衝擊性降低之虞,又,若超過20000,則有電離放射線硬化性胺酯系樹脂組成物之黏度上升,塗敷性劣化之虞。(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之重量平均分子量之下限更佳為2000以上,上限更佳為15000以下。 The weight average molecular weight of the (meth) amine acrylate is preferably 1,500 or more and 20,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of the urethane (meth)acrylate is less than 1500, the impact resistance may decrease, and if it exceeds 20,000, the viscosity of the ionizing radiation curable urethane resin composition may increase and the coating properties may be increased. The danger of deterioration. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of (meth)acrylate amine is more preferably 2000 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 15000 or less.

又,作為具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸胺酯之結構之重複單位,例如可列舉下述通式(26)、(27)、(28)或(29)所表示之結構等。 Moreover, as a repeating unit which has a structure derived from (meth)acrylate amine ester, the structure etc. which are represented by the following general formula (26), (27), (28), or (29) are mentioned, for example.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0052-27
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0052-27

上述通式(26)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,m表示0以上之 整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above general formula (26), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or ethyl, m represents an integer of 0 or more, and x represents an integer of 0 to 3.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0053-48
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0053-48

上述通式(27)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,n表示1以上之整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above general formula (27), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or ethyl, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and x represents an integer of 0-3.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0053-29
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0053-29

上述通式(28)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,m表示0以上之整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above general formula (28), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or ethyl, m represents an integer of 0 or more, and x represents an integer of 0 to 3.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0053-65
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0053-65

上述通式(29)中,R9表示支鏈狀烷基,R10表示支鏈狀烷基或飽和環狀脂肪族基,R11表示氫原子或甲基,R12表示氫原子、甲基或乙基,n表示1以上之整數,x表示0~3之整數。 In the above general formula (29), R 9 represents a branched alkyl group, R 10 represents a branched alkyl group or a saturated cyclic aliphatic group, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Or ethyl, n represents an integer of 1 or more, and x represents an integer of 0-3.

再者,構成樹脂層41之樹脂由何種結構之高分子鏈(重複單位)形成例如可藉由利用熱分解GC-MS及FT-IR對樹脂層41進行分析而判斷。尤其,熱分解GC-MS由於可偵測到樹脂層41中所含之單體單位作為單體成分,故而有用。 Furthermore, the structure of the polymer chain (repeating unit) of the resin constituting the resin layer 41 can be judged by analyzing the resin layer 41 by thermal decomposition GC-MS and FT-IR, for example. In particular, thermal decomposition GC-MS is useful because it can detect the monomer unit contained in the resin layer 41 as a monomer component.

關於樹脂層41,只要光學膜40、50、60之在25℃並於500Hz以 上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"成為上述範圍內,則亦可含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、防污劑、無機粒子及/或有機粒子等。紫外線吸收劑等可使用與功能層12之欄中所說明之紫外線吸收劑等相同者,因此此處省略說明。 Regarding the resin layer 41, as long as the shear storage modulus G'and the shear loss modulus G" of the optical films 40, 50, 60 at 25° C. and above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz are within the above ranges, It may contain ultraviolet absorbers, spectral transmittance modifiers, antifouling agents, inorganic particles and/or organic particles, etc. The ultraviolet absorbers may be the same as those described in the column of the functional layer 12. Therefore, The description is omitted here.

<<<影像顯示裝置>>> <<<Image display device>>>

光學膜10、30、40、50、60可組入至可摺疊之影像顯示裝置而使用。圖9係本實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。如圖9所示,影像顯示裝置80朝向觀察者側主要依序積層有收納電池等之殼體81、保護膜82、顯示元件83、圓偏光板84、觸控感測器85、及光學膜10。於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間、圓偏光板84與觸控感測器85之間、觸控感測器85與光學膜10之間配置有具有透光性之黏著層86,該等構件藉由黏著層86而相互固定。再者,黏著層86係配置於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間、圓偏光板84與觸控感測器85之間、觸控感測器85與光學膜10之間,但黏著層之配置部位只要為光學膜與顯示元件之間,則並無特別限定。 The optical films 10, 30, 40, 50, 60 can be incorporated into a foldable image display device for use. Fig. 9 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the image display device 80 is mainly laminated with a housing 81 for accommodating batteries and the like, a protective film 82, a display element 83, a circular polarizer 84, a touch sensor 85, and an optical film in order toward the observer side. 10. A light-transmitting adhesive layer 86 is arranged between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84, between the circular polarizing plate 84 and the touch sensor 85, and between the touch sensor 85 and the optical film 10. The components are fixed to each other by the adhesive layer 86. Furthermore, the adhesive layer 86 is disposed between the display element 83 and the circular polarizer 84, between the circular polarizer 84 and the touch sensor 85, between the touch sensor 85 and the optical film 10, but the adhesive layer The arrangement part is not particularly limited as long as it is between the optical film and the display element.

光學膜10以功能層12成為較樹脂基材11更靠觀察者側之方式配置。於影像顯示裝置80中,光學膜10之正面10A(功能層12之正面12A)構成影像顯示裝置80之正面80A。 The optical film 10 is arranged so that the functional layer 12 is closer to the observer side than the resin base material 11. In the image display device 80, the front surface 10A of the optical film 10 (the front surface 12A of the functional layer 12) constitutes the front surface 80A of the image display device 80.

於影像顯示裝置80中,顯示元件83成為含有有機發光二極體等之有機發光二極體元件。觸控感測器85配置於較圓偏光板84更靠觀察者側,但亦可配置於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間。又,觸控感測器85亦可為表嵌方式或內嵌方式。作為黏著層86,例如可使用OCA(Optical Clear Adhesive)。 In the image display device 80, the display element 83 becomes an organic light emitting diode element including an organic light emitting diode or the like. The touch sensor 85 is arranged closer to the observer side than the circular polarizing plate 84, but it may also be arranged between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84. In addition, the touch sensor 85 may also be in a table-in or in-line mode. As the adhesive layer 86, for example, OCA (Optical Clear Adhesive) can be used.

根據本實施形態,使用由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成之樹脂基材11,且於樹脂基材11與功能層12之間設置有鄰接於功能層12之光 學調整層13,因此可摺疊並且可抑制干涉條紋之產生。 According to this embodiment, one or more resins selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, and polyester resins are used. The resin base material 11 is provided with an optical adjustment layer 13 adjacent to the functional layer 12 between the resin base material 11 and the functional layer 12, so that it can be folded and the generation of interference fringes can be suppressed.

於光學膜之背面成為樹脂基材之情形時,由於樹脂基材與空氣層接觸,故而於樹脂基材與空氣層之界面之反射變大,由此有透光率降低之虞。尤其,於使用由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成之樹脂基材作為樹脂基材之情形時,由於該等樹脂基材之折射率相對較高,故而容易產生界面反射。相對於此,於本實施形態中,由於在樹脂基材11之第2面11B設置有折射率高於1.000且低於樹脂基材11之折射率之光學調整層15,故而與樹脂基材與空氣層接觸時相比,可減少界面反射,可降低光反射率。藉此,可提高光學膜10、30之透光率。 When the back surface of the optical film becomes a resin substrate, since the resin substrate is in contact with the air layer, the reflection at the interface between the resin substrate and the air layer increases, which may reduce the light transmittance. In particular, when using a resin base composed of one or more resins selected from the group consisting of polyimide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, and polyester resins When the material is used as a resin substrate, since the refractive index of the resin substrate is relatively high, interface reflection is likely to occur. In contrast, in this embodiment, since the second surface 11B of the resin substrate 11 is provided with an optical adjustment layer 15 having a refractive index higher than 1.000 and lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate 11, it is combined with the resin substrate 11 Compared with when the air layer is in contact, the interface reflection can be reduced, and the light reflectivity can be reduced. Thereby, the light transmittance of the optical films 10 and 30 can be improved.

又,於光學調整層15含有抗靜電劑之情形時,由於光學膜10、30、50、60於樹脂基材11之第1面11A側具備作為抗靜電硬塗層之功能層12,於樹脂基材11之第2面11B側具備含有抗靜電劑之光學調整層15,故而可抑制灰塵等附著於光學膜10、30、50、60。又,於此情形時,於在光學膜10、30、50、60之兩面貼附有保護膜(未圖示)之狀態下,即便將保護膜自光學膜10、30、50、60剝離,亦可抑制光學膜10、30、50、60之帶電。藉此,可提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率。 In addition, when the optical adjustment layer 15 contains an antistatic agent, since the optical films 10, 30, 50, 60 have a functional layer 12 as an antistatic hard coat layer on the first surface 11A side of the resin substrate 11, the resin The second surface 11B side of the base material 11 is provided with the optical adjustment layer 15 containing an antistatic agent, so it is possible to prevent dust and the like from adhering to the optical films 10, 30, 50, 60. In this case, in a state where protective films (not shown) are attached to both sides of the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60, even if the protective films are peeled off from the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60, It can also suppress the electrification of the optical films 10, 30, 50, and 60. Thereby, the yield rate of the assembling steps of the image display device can be improved.

對於用於可摺疊之影像顯示裝置之光學膜,由於有對光學膜之正面施加衝擊之情況,故而有要求耐衝擊性之情況。此處,於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時,有光學膜之正面凹陷之情況,又,有於影像顯示裝置中存在於較光學膜更靠內部之顯示面板(例如有機發光二極體面板)等構件受損之情況。關於光學膜之正面之凹陷,有由光學膜自身所產生之凹陷與由如配置於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之黏著層之柔軟層所產生之凹陷。所謂「由光學膜自身所產生之凹陷」係指於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時,因該衝擊而導致光學 膜自身發生變形,由此產生之凹陷,所謂「由柔軟層所產生之凹陷」係指由於該層柔軟,故而於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時配置於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置內部之柔軟層發生塑性變形,光學膜追隨於柔軟層之塑性變形,由此產生之凹陷。因此,當前,於光學膜中,較佳為於對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時,抑制由光學膜自身所產生之凹陷及由柔軟層所產生之凹陷,且可獲得如存在於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之構件不受到損傷之優異之耐衝擊性。此處,作為表示衝擊吸收性能之指標,先前已知有剪切損耗正切tanδ。因此,亦考慮以剪切損耗正切tanδ表示於樹脂基材之第1面側具備功能層且於第2面側具備樹脂層的構造之光學膜之耐衝擊性,但關於剪切損耗正切tanδ,於對光學膜之正面(功能層之表面)施加有衝擊時無法抑制由光學膜自身所產生之光學膜表面之凹陷及由柔軟層所產生之光學膜之正面之凹陷、與位於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置之內部之構件之損傷。認為其原因在於,剪切損耗正切tanδ為剪切損耗模數G"與剪切儲存模數G'之比(G"/G')。本發明者等人進而反覆銳意研究,結果發現,為了抑制對光學膜之正面施加衝擊時之由光學膜自身所產生之表面凹陷及由柔軟層所產生之表面凹陷、與位於較光學膜更靠影像顯示裝置內部之構件之損傷,重要的是樹脂層之膜厚、剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"之平衡。根據本實施形態,於在樹脂基材11之第1面11A側具備功能層12且於第2面11B側具備樹脂層41的構造之光學膜40、50、60中,樹脂層41之膜厚變薄為50μm以上且300μm以下,光學膜40之上述剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下,且光學膜40之上述剪切損耗模數G"成為3MPa以上且150MPa以下,因此可摺疊,並且於對光學膜40之正面40A施加衝擊之情形時可抑制由光學膜40、50、60自身所產生之正面40A、50A、60A之凹陷及由存在於較光學膜40、50、60更靠影像顯示裝置內部之柔軟層所產生之光學膜40、50、60之正面40A、50A、60A之凹陷,並且可抑制位於影像顯示裝置內部之顯示元件83等構件之 損傷。藉此,可獲得優異之耐衝擊性。 For optical films used in foldable image display devices, impact resistance is sometimes required due to the impact on the front of the optical film. Here, when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, the front surface of the optical film may be sunken. In addition, there are display panels (such as organic light-emitting diode panels) that exist inside the optical film in the image display device. Such as component damage. Regarding the depressions on the front side of the optical film, there are depressions generated by the optical film itself and depressions generated by a soft layer such as an adhesive layer disposed inside the image display device closer to the optical film. The so-called "sags generated by the optical film itself" refers to the sags generated by the deformation of the optical film itself due to the impact when an impact is applied to the front of the optical film. The so-called "sags generated by the soft layer" It means that because the layer is soft, when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, the soft layer disposed in the image display device than the optical film undergoes plastic deformation, and the optical film follows the plastic deformation of the soft layer, resulting in depressions . Therefore, at present, in optical films, it is preferable to suppress the depressions generated by the optical film itself and the depressions generated by the soft layer when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, and it is possible to obtain more Rely on the excellent impact resistance that the internal components of the image display device are not damaged. Here, as an index showing the impact absorption performance, the shear loss tangent tanδ is previously known. Therefore, it is also considered that the shear loss tangent tanδ is used to express the impact resistance of an optical film having a structure with a functional layer on the first surface side of the resin substrate and a resin layer on the second surface side. However, regarding the shear loss tangent tanδ, When an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film (the surface of the functional layer), the depression of the optical film surface generated by the optical film itself and the depression of the front surface of the optical film generated by the soft layer cannot be suppressed, and it is located more than the optical film. Rely on damage to the internal components of the image display device. It is believed that the reason is that the shear loss tangent tanδ is the ratio of the shear loss modulus G" to the shear storage modulus G'(G"/G'). The inventors of the present invention have continued their intensive research and found that in order to suppress the surface depression caused by the optical film itself and the surface depression generated by the soft layer when an impact is applied to the front surface of the optical film, it is more reliable than the optical film. The damage to the internal components of the image display device is important to the balance of the film thickness of the resin layer, the shear storage modulus G', and the shear loss modulus G". According to this embodiment, the resin substrate 11 is the first In the optical films 40, 50, and 60 having a structure with a functional layer 12 on the side 11A and a resin layer 41 on the second side 11B, the thickness of the resin layer 41 is reduced to 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less. The shear storage modulus G'exceeds 200 MPa and is 1200 MPa or less, and the above-mentioned shear loss modulus G" of the optical film 40 becomes 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less, so it can be folded, and an impact is applied to the front surface 40A of the optical film 40 Under the circumstances, it can suppress the depression of the front surface 40A, 50A, 60A produced by the optical film 40, 50, 60 itself and the optical film produced by the soft layer that exists in the image display device more than the optical film 40, 50, 60. 40, 50, 60 are recessed on the front side 40A, 50A, 60A, and can prevent damage to the display element 83 and other components located inside the image display device. Thereby, excellent impact resistance can be obtained.

[第2實施形態] [Second Embodiment]

以下,參照圖式對本發明之第2實施形態之光學膜及影像顯示裝置進行說明。圖10係本實施形態之光學膜之概略構成圖,圖11係本實施形態之其他光學膜之概略構成圖,圖12係本實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。 Hereinafter, the optical film and the image display device of the second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 10 is a schematic configuration diagram of the optical film of this embodiment, FIG. 11 is a schematic configuration diagram of another optical film of this embodiment, and FIG. 12 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device of this embodiment.

<<<光學膜>>> <<<Optical Film>>>

圖10所示之光學膜90係用於影像顯示裝置者,並可摺疊。 The optical film 90 shown in FIG. 10 is used for image display devices and can be folded.

光學膜90具備:透光性基材91;第1抗靜電層92(以下有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層92),其設置於透光性基材91之一面即第1面91A側;及第2抗靜電層93(以下有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層93),其設置於透光性基材91之與第1面91A為相反側之面即第2面91B側。再者,亦可於透光性基材91與抗靜電層92之間及透光性基材91與抗靜電層93之間之至少任一者具備功能層。 The optical film 90 includes: a light-transmitting substrate 91; a first antistatic layer 92 (hereinafter also referred to as the antistatic layer 92), which is provided on one side of the light-transmitting substrate 91, that is, the first surface 91A side; and The second antistatic layer 93 (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as the antistatic layer 93) is provided on the second surface 91B side, which is the surface opposite to the first surface 91A of the translucent base 91. Furthermore, at least any one of between the translucent base 91 and the antistatic layer 92 and between the translucent base 91 and the antistatic layer 93 may have a functional layer.

亦可於抗靜電層92、93之與透光性基材91側之面為相反側之面貼附有保護膜。但是,由於保護膜係於使用時被剝離者,故而保護膜不視為構成光學膜之一部分。再者,本說明書中之光學膜90之物性值等係未設置保護膜之狀態下之值。 A protective film may be attached to the surface of the antistatic layers 92, 93 on the opposite side to the surface on the translucent base 91 side. However, since the protective film is peeled off during use, the protective film is not regarded as a part of the optical film. Furthermore, the physical property values of the optical film 90 in this specification are the values in the state where no protective film is provided.

於圖10中,光學膜90之正面90A成為抗靜電層92之正面92A。光學膜90之背面90B成為抗靜電層93之與透光性基材91側之面為相反側之面93A。 In FIG. 10, the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 becomes the front surface 92A of the antistatic layer 92. The back surface 90B of the optical film 90 becomes a surface 93A of the antistatic layer 93 on the opposite side to the surface on the translucent base 91 side.

光學膜90可摺疊,具體而言,較佳為即便於對光學膜90反覆進行10萬次接下來說明之摺疊試驗(連續摺疊試驗)之情形時,亦不會於光學膜90產生破裂或斷裂,更佳為即便於反覆進行20萬次連續摺疊試驗之情形時亦不會於光學膜90產生破裂或斷裂,進而較佳為即便於反覆進行100萬次之情形時亦不會於光學膜90產生破裂或斷裂。於對光學膜90反覆進行10萬次連續摺疊試驗之情形時,若於光學膜90產生破裂等,則光學膜90之摺疊性變得不充分。連 續摺疊試驗可如以抗靜電層92成為內側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,又,亦可如以抗靜電層92成為外側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,較佳為於任一情形時光學膜均不產生破裂或斷裂。連續摺疊試驗係藉由與第1實施形態相同之方法進行,但於本實施形態之連續摺疊試驗中,於將邊部之間隔設為3mm之狀態下進行。 The optical film 90 is foldable. Specifically, it is preferable that the optical film 90 is not cracked or broken even when the optical film 90 is repeatedly subjected to the folding test (continuous folding test) described below for 100,000 times. , It is more preferable that the optical film 90 does not crack or break even when the continuous folding test is repeated 200,000 times, and it is more preferable that the optical film 90 is not broken even when the optical film 90 is repeated 1 million times. Cracks or breaks occur. When the optical film 90 is repeatedly subjected to a continuous folding test 100,000 times, if cracks or the like occur in the optical film 90, the foldability of the optical film 90 becomes insufficient. The continuous folding test can be carried out as if the optical film 90 is folded with the antistatic layer 92 on the inside, or can be carried out as if the optical film 90 is folded with the antistatic layer 92 on the outside, preferably in either case. None of the optical films were cracked or broken. The continuous folding test was performed by the same method as in the first embodiment, but in the continuous folding test of this embodiment, it was performed in a state where the distance between the sides was set to 3 mm.

藉由與第1實施形態相同之方法,對光學膜90進行於70℃靜置240小時之摺疊靜置試驗後,解除摺疊狀態,於在室溫下於30分鐘後對光學膜90測定開度角θ之情形時,光學膜90之開度角θ較佳為100°以上。摺疊靜置試驗可如以抗靜電層92成為內側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,又,亦可如以抗靜電層92成為外側之方式摺疊光學膜90般進行,較佳為於任一情形時,開度角θ均為100°以上。 By the same method as in the first embodiment, the optical film 90 was allowed to stand at 70°C for 240 hours after a folding and standing test, the folded state was released, and the opening degree of the optical film 90 was measured after 30 minutes at room temperature In the case of the angle θ, the opening angle θ of the optical film 90 is preferably 100° or more. The folding and standing test can be carried out as if the optical film 90 is folded with the antistatic layer 92 on the inside, or can be carried out as if the optical film 90 is folded with the antistatic layer 92 on the outside, preferably in either case When the opening angle θ is 100° or more.

光學膜90之正面90A及背面90B之表面電阻值較佳為1012Ω/□以下。表面電阻值設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測定者。 The surface resistance value of the front surface 90A and the back surface 90B of the optical film 90 is preferably 10 12 Ω/□ or less. The surface resistance value was measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

關於光學膜90之正面90A(抗靜電層92之正面92A),藉由JIS K5600-5-4:1999所規定之鉛筆硬度試驗測定時之硬度(鉛筆硬度)較佳為F以上,更佳為2H以上。鉛筆硬度試驗設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。 Regarding the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 (the front surface 92A of the antistatic layer 92), the hardness (pencil hardness) when measured by the pencil hardness test specified in JIS K5600-5-4: 1999 is preferably F or more, more preferably Above 2H. The pencil hardness test was measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

於光學膜90中,就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而言,較佳為於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距光學膜90之正面90A為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之光學膜90之正面90A之飽和帶電壓超過0kV。飽和帶電壓設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。上述飽和帶電壓之絕對值之下限更佳為0.1kV以上,上述飽和帶電壓之絕對值之上限更佳為1.0kV以下。 In the optical film 90, for the same reason as described in the first embodiment, it is preferably applied at a distance of 50 mm from the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 under an environment of 23° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. At a voltage of 10kV, the saturation band voltage of 90A on the front side of the optical film 90 exceeds 0kV. The saturation band voltage was measured by the same method as that described in the first embodiment. The lower limit of the absolute value of the saturation band voltage is more preferably 0.1 kV or more, and the upper limit of the absolute value of the saturation band voltage is more preferably 1.0 kV or less.

關於光學膜90,就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而 言,較佳為黃色指數(YI)為15以下。黃色指數設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。光學膜90之黃色指數(YI)之上限更佳為未達10,最佳為未達1.5。 Regarding the optical film 90, it is preferable that the yellow index (YI) is 15 or less for the same reasons as those described in the first embodiment. The yellow index is the one measured by the same method as that described in the first embodiment. The upper limit of the yellow index (YI) of the optical film 90 is more preferably less than 10, and most preferably less than 1.5.

自抗靜電層93側朝向光學膜90,以入射角度0°照射於波長300nm以上且780nm以下之區域具有連續光譜之光,求出穿透光學膜90之光(穿透光)之L*a*b*表色系之色座標a*、b*,此時較佳為a*為-5以上且+5以下,b*為-5以上且+5以下。若a*及b*分別位於上述範圍內,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,影像之黃色調變得不顯眼。a*及b*設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。 From the side of the antistatic layer 93 toward the optical film 90, irradiate light with a continuous spectrum in the wavelength range from 300nm to 780nm at an incident angle of 0°, and obtain the L * a of the light (transmitting light) penetrating the optical film 90 * b * The color coordinates a * and b * of the color system. In this case, it is preferable that a * is -5 or more and +5 or less, and b * is -5 or more and +5 or less. If a * and b * are within the above ranges, when the optical film is used in a mobile terminal, the yellow tone of the image becomes inconspicuous. a * and b * are those measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

關於光學膜90之霧度值(總霧度值),就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而言,較佳為2.5%以下。上述霧度值設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。上述霧度值更佳為1.5%以下,更佳為1.0%以下。 The haze value (total haze value) of the optical film 90 is preferably 2.5% or less for the same reason as described in the first embodiment. The above-mentioned haze value is assumed to be measured by the same method as that described in the first embodiment. The above-mentioned haze value is more preferably 1.5% or less, and more preferably 1.0% or less.

光學膜90之波長380nm~780nm之光之視感反射率(反射Y值)較佳為15%以下。若光學膜之上述視感反射率為8%以下,則於將光學膜用於行動終端之情形時,反射光較少而變得容易視認。上述視感反射率係使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈),自光學膜之正面側照射波長380nm~780nm之光,由自光學膜反射之波長380nm~780nm之光進行測定。具體而言,自切成5cm×10cm之大小之光學膜之正面側照射入射角度5度之光,接受由光學膜反射之正反射方向之反射光,測定380nm~780nm之波長範圍之反射率,其後,藉由以人眼所感受到之亮度進行換算之軟體(例如內置於UV-2450之軟體)算出視感反射率。上述視感反射率更佳為10%以下,進而較佳為3%以下。 The optical reflectance (reflective Y value) of light with a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm of the optical film 90 is preferably 15% or less. If the above-mentioned visual reflectance of the optical film is 8% or less, when the optical film is used in a mobile terminal, the reflected light becomes less and it becomes easier to see. The above-mentioned visual reflectance is based on the use of a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, light source: tungsten lamp and deuterium lamp), and light with a wavelength of 380nm~780nm is irradiated from the front side of the optical film. Measure the light reflected by the optical film with a wavelength of 380nm~780nm. Specifically, irradiate light with an incident angle of 5 degrees from the front side of an optical film cut into a size of 5cm×10cm, receive the reflected light in the regular reflection direction reflected by the optical film, and measure the reflectance in the wavelength range of 380nm~780nm. After that, the visual reflectance is calculated by software that converts the brightness perceived by the human eye (such as the software built in UV-2450). The above-mentioned visual reflectance is more preferably 10% or less, and still more preferably 3% or less.

光學膜90之其他物性、用途、及大小亦與光學膜10相同,因此 此處省略說明。 The other physical properties, usage, and size of the optical film 90 are also the same as those of the optical film 10, so the description is omitted here.

<<透光性基材>> <<Translucent substrate>>

透光性基材91係由具有透光性之樹脂所構成之基材。關於透光性基材91之厚度,就與第1實施形態所記載之原因相同之原因而言,較佳為10μm以上且100μm以下。透光性基材91之厚度設為藉由與樹脂基材11之厚度相同之方法而測得者。透光性基材91之下限更佳為25μm以上,透光性基材91之上限更佳為80μm以下。 The light-transmitting base 91 is a base made of a resin having light-transmitting properties. Regarding the thickness of the light-transmitting substrate 91, for the same reason as described in the first embodiment, it is preferably 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less. The thickness of the light-transmitting substrate 91 is set to be measured by the same method as the thickness of the resin substrate 11. The lower limit of the translucent substrate 91 is more preferably 25 μm or more, and the upper limit of the translucent substrate 91 is more preferably 80 μm or less.

透光性基材91較佳為樹脂基材。作為構成樹脂基材之樹脂,可使用與樹脂基材11相同之樹脂,因此此處省略說明。 The translucent substrate 91 is preferably a resin substrate. As the resin constituting the resin base material, the same resin as that of the resin base material 11 can be used, so the description is omitted here.

<<第1抗靜電層>> <<The first antistatic layer>>

抗靜電層92係對光學膜90之正面90A賦予抗靜電性之層。抗靜電層92除抗靜電性以外,亦可具有抗靜電性以外之功能。抗靜電層92除抗靜電性以外,具有硬塗性。即,抗靜電層92成為抗靜電硬塗層。抗靜電硬塗層係具有抗靜電性之硬塗層。 The antistatic layer 92 is a layer that imparts antistatic properties to the front surface 90A of the optical film 90. In addition to antistatic properties, the antistatic layer 92 may also have functions other than antistatic properties. The antistatic layer 92 has hard coat properties in addition to antistatic properties. That is, the antistatic layer 92 becomes an antistatic hard coat layer. The antistatic hard coating is a hard coating with antistatic properties.

關於抗靜電層92,較佳為抗靜電層92之剖面中央之馬氏硬度為500MPa以上且2000MPa以下。若抗靜電層92之馬氏硬度為500MPa以上,則可獲得作為抗靜電硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為2000MPa以下,則可獲得良好之光學膜之摺疊性能。抗靜電層92之剖面中央之馬氏硬度之下限較佳為600MPa以上,上限較佳為1500MPa以下。抗靜電層92之馬氏硬度設為藉由與第1實施形態所記載之方法相同之方法而測得者。 Regarding the antistatic layer 92, it is preferable that the Martens hardness of the center of the cross section of the antistatic layer 92 is 500 MPa or more and 2000 MPa or less. If the Martens hardness of the antistatic layer 92 is 500 MPa or more, a hardness sufficient as an antistatic hard coating layer can be obtained, and if it is less than 2000 MPa, a good folding performance of the optical film can be obtained. The lower limit of the Martens hardness in the center of the cross section of the antistatic layer 92 is preferably 600 MPa or more, and the upper limit is preferably 1500 MPa or less. The Martens hardness of the antistatic layer 92 was measured by the same method as the method described in the first embodiment.

抗靜電層92之膜厚較佳為1μm以上且50μm以下。若抗靜電層92之膜厚為1μm以上,則可獲得作為抗靜電硬塗層充分之硬度,又,若為50μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。本說明書中所謂「抗靜電層之膜厚」係指於抗靜電層成為多層構造之情形時合計各抗靜電層之膜厚所獲得之膜厚(總 厚)。抗靜電層92之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12之膜厚相同之方法而測得者。抗靜電層92之上限更佳為40μm以下,進而較佳為30μm以下。 The film thickness of the antistatic layer 92 is preferably 1 μm or more and 50 μm or less. If the film thickness of the antistatic layer 92 is 1 μm or more, sufficient hardness as an antistatic hard coat layer can be obtained, and if it is 50 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. In this specification, the "film thickness of the antistatic layer" refers to the film thickness (total thickness) obtained by adding up the film thickness of each antistatic layer when the antistatic layer has a multilayer structure. The film thickness of the antistatic layer 92 is set to be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12. The upper limit of the antistatic layer 92 is more preferably 40 μm or less, and still more preferably 30 μm or less.

抗靜電層92含有黏合劑樹脂及存在於黏合劑樹脂中之抗靜電劑。抗靜電層92除含有黏合劑樹脂等以外,亦可視需要於無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有例如無機粒子或有機粒子等粒子、紫外線吸收劑、接著性提高劑、調平劑、觸變性賦予劑、偶合劑、塑化劑、消泡劑、填充劑、著色劑、填料等添加劑。 The antistatic layer 92 contains a binder resin and an antistatic agent existing in the binder resin. In addition to the antistatic layer 92 containing a binder resin, etc., it may also contain particles such as inorganic particles or organic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesive enhancers, leveling agents, and thixotropy imparting agents within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Additives such as additives, coupling agents, plasticizers, defoamers, fillers, colorants, and fillers.

<黏合劑樹脂> <Binder Resin>

黏合劑樹脂與功能層12之欄中所說明之黏合劑樹脂相同,因此此處省略說明。 The adhesive resin is the same as the adhesive resin explained in the column of the functional layer 12, so the explanation is omitted here.

<抗靜電劑> <Antistatic Agent>

抗靜電劑與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic agent is the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, so the description is omitted here.

抗靜電層92亦可進而含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、及/或防污劑。紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑及防污劑與功能層12之欄中所說明之紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑及防污劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic layer 92 may further contain an ultraviolet absorber, a spectral transmittance adjuster, and/or an antifouling agent. The ultraviolet absorber, the spectral transmittance adjusting agent, and the antifouling agent are the same as the ultraviolet absorber, the spectral transmittance adjusting agent, and the antifouling agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, so the description is omitted here.

<<第2抗靜電層>> <<Second Antistatic Layer>>

抗靜電層93係對光學膜90之背面90B賦予抗靜電性之層。抗靜電層93之膜厚較佳為1nm以上且0.5μm以下。若抗靜電層93之膜厚為1nm以上,則可獲得充分之抗靜電性能,又,若為0.5μm以下,則可抑制加工性之劣化。抗靜電層93之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12之膜厚相同之方法而測得者。 The antistatic layer 93 is a layer that imparts antistatic properties to the back surface 90B of the optical film 90. The film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is preferably 1 nm or more and 0.5 μm or less. If the film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is 1 nm or more, sufficient antistatic performance can be obtained, and if it is 0.5 μm or less, deterioration of workability can be suppressed. The film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is set to be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12.

若將抗靜電層93之膜厚設為40nm以上且90nm以下,則可使光學膜70之黃色指數降低,因此就色調調整之觀點而言,抗靜電層93之膜厚較佳為40nm以上且90nm以下。 If the film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is 40 nm or more and 90 nm or less, the yellow index of the optical film 70 can be reduced. Therefore, from the viewpoint of color adjustment, the film thickness of the antistatic layer 93 is preferably 40 nm or more and Below 90nm.

抗靜電層93含有抗靜電劑。抗靜電層93除抗靜電劑以外,亦可 含有黏合劑樹脂。 The antistatic layer 93 contains an antistatic agent. The antistatic layer 93 may contain a binder resin in addition to the antistatic agent.

<抗靜電劑> <Antistatic Agent>

作為抗靜電層93中所含有之抗靜電劑,與功能層12之欄中所說明之抗靜電劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The antistatic agent contained in the antistatic layer 93 is the same as the antistatic agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, so the description is omitted here.

<黏合劑樹脂> <Binder Resin>

黏合劑樹脂較佳為選自由(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、纖維素系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、尼龍、聚苯乙烯、及ABS樹脂所組成之群中之至少1種。於該等中,就黏合劑樹脂之硬度或透明性之觀點而言,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂、胺酯系樹脂等。 The binder resin is preferably selected from (meth)acrylic resins, cellulose resins, urethane resins, vinyl chloride resins, polyester resins, polyolefin resins, polycarbonate, nylon, and polystyrene , And at least one of the group consisting of ABS resin. Among these, from the viewpoint of the hardness or transparency of the adhesive resin, (meth)acrylic resins, urethane resins, and the like are preferred.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯等。又,作為上述纖維素系樹脂,例如可列舉二乙醯纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維素(CAP)、乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB)等。作為上述胺酯系樹脂,例如可列舉胺酯樹脂等。 As said (meth)acrylic resin, polymethyl methacrylate etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, as said cellulose resin, diacetyl cellulose, cellulose acetate propionate (CAP), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), etc. are mentioned, for example. As said urethane resin, a urethane resin etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為上述氯乙烯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。又,作為上述聚酯系樹脂,例如可列舉聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等。又,作為上述聚烯烴系樹脂,例如可列舉聚乙烯、聚丙烯等。 As said vinyl chloride resin, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, as said polyester resin, polyethylene terephthalate etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, as said polyolefin resin, polyethylene, polypropylene, etc. are mentioned, for example.

<<光學膜之製造方法>> <<The manufacturing method of optical film>>

光學膜90例如可藉由如下方式而製作。首先,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於透光性基材91之第1面91A上塗佈用以獲得抗靜電層92之第1抗靜電層用組成物,而形成第1抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜。 The optical film 90 can be produced in the following manner, for example. First, by using a coating device such as a bar coater, the first surface 91A of the translucent substrate 91 is coated to obtain the first antistatic layer composition for obtaining the antistatic layer 92 to form the first The coating film of the composition for the antistatic layer.

<第1抗靜電層用組成物> <Composition for the first antistatic layer>

第1抗靜電層用組成物含有硬化後成為黏合劑樹脂之聚合性化合物及抗靜電劑。第1抗靜電層用組成物此外亦可視需要含有紫外線吸收劑、分光穿透率調整劑、防污劑、無機粒子、調平劑、溶劑、聚合起始劑。溶劑及聚合起始劑 與功能層用組成物之欄中所說明之溶劑及聚合起始劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The composition for the first antistatic layer contains a polymerizable compound that becomes a binder resin after curing, and an antistatic agent. The composition for the first antistatic layer may also optionally contain an ultraviolet absorber, a spectral transmittance adjuster, an antifouling agent, an inorganic particle, a leveling agent, a solvent, and a polymerization initiator. The solvent and the polymerization initiator are the same as the solvent and the polymerization initiator described in the column of the composition for the functional layer, so the description is omitted here.

於形成第1抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如30℃以上且120℃以下之溫度下加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發。 After forming the coating film of the composition for the first antistatic layer, the coating film is dried by various well-known methods, for example, at a temperature above 30°C and below 120°C for 10 seconds to 120 seconds to evaporate the solvent .

於使塗膜乾燥後,對塗膜照射紫外線等電離放射線而使塗膜硬化。藉此形成抗靜電層92。 After drying the coating film, the coating film is irradiated with ionizing radiation such as ultraviolet rays to harden the coating film. Thus, the antistatic layer 92 is formed.

於形成抗靜電層92後,藉由棒式塗佈機等塗佈裝置,於透光性基材91之第2面91B上塗佈用以形成抗靜電層93之第2抗靜電層用組成物而形成第2抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜。 After the antistatic layer 92 is formed, a coating device such as a bar coater is used to coat the second surface 91B of the light-transmitting substrate 91 to form the second antistatic layer 93. To form a coating film of the composition for the second antistatic layer.

<第2抗靜電層用組成物> <Composition for the second antistatic layer>

第2抗靜電層用組成物含有抗靜電劑、及溶劑。第2抗靜電層此外亦可含有黏合劑樹脂。溶劑與功能層用組成物之欄中所說明之溶劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The composition for the second antistatic layer contains an antistatic agent and a solvent. The second antistatic layer may also contain a binder resin. The solvent is the same as the solvent described in the column of the composition for the functional layer, so the description is omitted here.

於形成第2抗靜電層用組成物之塗膜後,藉由利用各種公知方法將塗膜於例如30℃以上且120℃以下之溫度加熱10秒~120秒而使其乾燥,使溶劑蒸發。藉此,可形成抗靜電層93,獲得圖10所示之光學膜90。 After the coating film of the composition for the second antistatic layer is formed, the coating film is heated at a temperature of, for example, 30° C. or higher and 120° C. or lower for 10 seconds to 120 seconds by various well-known methods to dry and evaporate the solvent. Thereby, the antistatic layer 93 can be formed, and the optical film 90 shown in FIG. 10 can be obtained.

<<<其他光學膜>>> <<<Other optical films>>>

光學膜亦可為圖11所示之光學膜100。圖11所示之光學膜100亦為用於影像顯示裝置者,並可摺疊。 The optical film may also be the optical film 100 shown in FIG. 11. The optical film 100 shown in FIG. 11 is also used in an image display device and can be folded.

光學膜100具備:透光性基材101;硬塗層102,其設置於透光性基材101之第1面101A側,作為功能層;第1抗靜電層103(以下,有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層103),其設置於硬塗層102之與透光性基材101側相反之側;光學調整層104,其設置於抗靜電層103之與硬塗層102側相反之側;及第2抗靜電層 105(以下,有時亦簡稱為抗靜電層105),其設置於透光性基材101之與第1面101A為相反側之面即第2面101B側。光學膜100之物性等與光學膜100之物性等相同,因此此處省略說明。 The optical film 100 includes: a light-transmitting substrate 101; a hard coat layer 102 provided on the side of the first surface 101A of the light-transmitting substrate 101 as a functional layer; and a first antistatic layer 103 (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as Is the antistatic layer 103), which is disposed on the side of the hard coat layer 102 opposite to the transparent substrate 101 side; the optical adjustment layer 104, which is disposed on the side of the antistatic layer 103 opposite to the hard coat layer 102 side; And the second antistatic layer 105 (hereinafter, also referred to as the antistatic layer 105 in some cases) is provided on the second surface 101B side, which is the surface opposite to the first surface 101A of the translucent base 101. The physical properties and the like of the optical film 100 are the same as the physical properties and the like of the optical film 100, so the description is omitted here.

光學膜100之正面100A成為光學調整層104之正面104A。光學膜100之背面100B成為抗靜電層105之與透光性基材101側之面為相反側之面105A。 The front surface 100A of the optical film 100 becomes the front surface 104A of the optical adjustment layer 104. The back surface 100B of the optical film 100 becomes the surface 105A of the antistatic layer 105 on the opposite side to the surface on the translucent base material 101 side.

<<透光性基材及硬塗層>> <<Translucent substrate and hard coating>>

透光性基材101為與透光性基材91相同者,因此此處省略說明。硬塗層102除不含抗靜電劑以外,與抗靜電層92相同,因此此處省略說明。 The light-transmitting substrate 101 is the same as the light-transmitting substrate 91, so the description is omitted here. The hard coat layer 102 is the same as the antistatic layer 92 except that it does not contain an antistatic agent, so the description is omitted here.

<<第1抗靜電層及第2抗靜電層>> <<The first antistatic layer and the second antistatic layer>>

抗靜電層103、105為與抗靜電層93相同者,因此此處省略說明。即,抗靜電層103不具有硬塗性。 The antistatic layers 103 and 105 are the same as the antistatic layer 93, so the description is omitted here. That is, the antistatic layer 103 does not have hard coat properties.

<<光學調整層>> <<Optical Adjustment Layer>>

光學調整層104係用以調整光學膜100之色調或反射率等光學物性之層。若使用含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂之基材作為透光性基材,則透光性基材呈現黃色調,因此光學調整層104於使用含有聚醯亞胺系樹脂之基材作為透光性基材91時尤其有效。 The optical adjustment layer 104 is a layer for adjusting optical properties such as the color tone or reflectance of the optical film 100. If a substrate containing a polyimide resin is used as a translucent substrate, the translucent substrate will show a yellowish tint. Therefore, the optical adjustment layer 104 uses a substrate containing a polyimide resin as the translucent substrate. The substrate 91 is particularly effective.

光學調整層104之膜厚較佳為30nm以上且500nm以下。若光學調整層104之膜厚為30nm以上,則可進行光學特性(穿透率、反射率、色相)之調整,又,若為500nm以下,則可抑制加工之劣化。光學調整層104之膜厚設為藉由與功能層12之膜厚相同之方法而測得者。光學調整層104之上限更佳為400nm以下,進而較佳為200nm以下。 The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 30 nm or more and 500 nm or less. If the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is 30 nm or more, the optical characteristics (transmittance, reflectance, hue) can be adjusted, and if it is 500 nm or less, the deterioration of processing can be suppressed. The film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is determined by the same method as the film thickness of the functional layer 12. The upper limit of the optical adjustment layer 104 is more preferably 400 nm or less, and still more preferably 200 nm or less.

於光學調整層104之膜厚為30nm以上且300nm以下之情形時,光學調整層104之折射率較佳為低於抗靜電層103之折射率。藉由設為此種構 成,光學調整層104作為低折射率層發揮功能,因此可使外界光之反射率降低。於此情形時,光學調整層104之折射率較佳為1.38以上且1.60以下。光學調整層104或抗靜電層103之折射率可藉由將380nm以上且780nm以下之波長區域之折射率設為一定,使利用分光光度計測得之反射光譜與由使用菲涅耳式之薄膜之光學模型算出之光譜進行擬合(fitting)而求出。又,光學調整層104或抗靜電層103之折射率亦可於形成單獨之層後,藉由阿貝折射計(製品名「NAR-4T」,Atago公司製造)或橢偏儀進行測定而求出。又,作為成為光學膜100後測定折射率之方法,可使用如下方法,即,利用切割器等對光學調整層104或抗靜電層103進行削取,製作粉狀態之樣品,依照JIS K7142:2008之B法(粉體或粒狀之透明材料用)之貝克線法(折射率使用已知之Cargille試劑,將上述粉狀態之樣品置於載玻片等,於該樣品上滴加試劑,將樣品浸漬於試劑中;藉由顯微鏡觀察對該情況進行觀察,將目視無法觀察到因樣品與試劑之折射率不同而於樣品輪廓產生之明線(貝克線)的試劑之折射率作為樣品之折射率的方法)。抗靜電層103與光學調整層104之折射率差之絕對值較佳為0.005以上。抗靜電層103與光學調整層104之折射率差之絕對值之上限較佳為0.3以下。 When the film thickness of the optical adjustment layer 104 is 30 nm or more and 300 nm or less, the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably lower than the refractive index of the antistatic layer 103. With such a configuration, the optical adjustment layer 104 functions as a low refractive index layer, and therefore, the reflectance of external light can be reduced. In this case, the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 1.38 or more and 1.60 or less. The refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 or the antistatic layer 103 can be determined by setting the refractive index of the wavelength region above 380nm and below 780nm to be constant, so that the reflection spectrum measured by a spectrophotometer can be compared with that of a Fresnel film. The spectrum calculated by the optical model is obtained by fitting. In addition, the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer 104 or the antistatic layer 103 can also be determined by measuring with an Abbe refractometer (product name "NAR-4T", manufactured by Atago) or an ellipsometer after forming a separate layer. Out. In addition, as a method for measuring the refractive index after the optical film 100 is formed, the following method can be used, that is, the optical adjustment layer 104 or the antistatic layer 103 is scraped with a cutter or the like to prepare a powdery sample according to JIS K7142: 2008 The B method (for powder or granular transparent materials) is the Baker line method (the refractive index uses the known Cargille reagent, the sample in the powder state is placed on a glass slide, etc., the reagent is dropped on the sample, and the sample Immerse in the reagent; observe the situation by microscope observation, and use the refractive index of the reagent as the refractive index of the sample that cannot be observed visually due to the difference in refractive index between the sample and the reagent in the bright line (Beck's line) generated in the sample contour Methods). The absolute value of the refractive index difference between the antistatic layer 103 and the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 0.005 or more. The upper limit of the absolute value of the difference in refractive index between the antistatic layer 103 and the optical adjustment layer 104 is preferably 0.3 or less.

光學調整層104例如由氧化矽或氧化鋁等無機氧化物構成。光學調整層104例如可藉由濺鍍法、離子鍍覆法等物理氣相沈積(PVD)法或化學氣相沈積(CVD)法等蒸鍍法而形成。 The optical adjustment layer 104 is made of, for example, an inorganic oxide such as silicon oxide or aluminum oxide. The optical adjustment layer 104 can be formed by, for example, a physical vapor deposition (PVD) method such as a sputtering method or an ion plating method, or an evaporation method such as a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method.

光學調整層104亦可含有防污劑。防污劑與功能層12之欄中所說明之防污劑相同,因此此處省略說明。 The optical adjustment layer 104 may also contain an antifouling agent. The antifouling agent is the same as the antifouling agent described in the column of the functional layer 12, so the description is omitted here.

<<<影像顯示裝置>>> <<<Image display device>>>

光學膜90、100可組入至可摺疊之影像顯示裝置而使用。圖12係本實施形態之影像顯示裝置之概略構成圖。如圖12所示,影像顯示裝置110朝向觀察者側,主要依序積層有收納電池等之殼體81、保護膜82、顯示元件83、圓偏光板 84、觸控感測器85、及光學膜90。於顯示元件83與圓偏光板84之間、圓偏光板84與觸控感測器85之間、觸控感測器85與光學膜90之間配置有具有透光性之黏著層86,該等構件藉由黏著層86而相互固定。再者,於圖12中,標附有與圖9相同之符號之構件與圖9所示之構件相同,因此省略說明。 The optical films 90 and 100 can be incorporated into a foldable image display device for use. Fig. 12 is a schematic configuration diagram of the image display device of this embodiment. As shown in FIG. 12, the image display device 110 faces the observer side, and mainly includes a housing 81 for storing batteries, a protective film 82, a display element 83, a circular polarizer 84, a touch sensor 85, and an optical膜90。 Film 90. A light-transmitting adhesive layer 86 is arranged between the display element 83 and the circular polarizing plate 84, between the circular polarizing plate 84 and the touch sensor 85, and between the touch sensor 85 and the optical film 90. The components are fixed to each other by the adhesive layer 86. In addition, in FIG. 12, the members denoted with the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 9 are the same as those shown in FIG. 9, so the description is omitted.

光學膜90係以抗靜電層92成為較透光性基材91更靠觀察者側之方式配置。於影像顯示裝置110中,光學膜90之正面90A(抗靜電層92之正面92A)構成影像顯示裝置110之正面110A。 The optical film 90 is arranged so that the antistatic layer 92 is closer to the observer side than the translucent base 91. In the image display device 110, the front surface 90A of the optical film 90 (the front surface 92A of the antistatic layer 92) constitutes the front surface 110A of the image display device 110.

根據本實施形態,光學膜90於透光性基材91之兩面側具備抗靜電層92、93,光學膜100於透光性基材101之兩面側具備抗靜電層103、105,因此可抑制灰塵等附著於光學膜90、100。又,於在光學膜90、100之兩面貼附有保護膜(未圖示)之狀態下,即便將保護膜自光學膜90、100剝離,亦可抑制光學膜90、100之帶電。藉此可提高影像顯示裝置之組裝步驟之良率。 According to this embodiment, the optical film 90 is provided with antistatic layers 92, 93 on both sides of the translucent substrate 91, and the optical film 100 is provided with antistatic layers 103, 105 on both sides of the translucent substrate 101, so that it can suppress Dust and the like adhere to the optical films 90 and 100. Moreover, in the state where the protective film (not shown) is attached to both surfaces of the optical films 90 and 100, even if the protective film is peeled from the optical films 90 and 100, the electrification of the optical films 90 and 100 can be suppressed. Therefore, the yield rate of the assembling steps of the image display device can be improved.

由於光學調整層為薄膜,故而不設置光學調整層者可提高光學膜之耐擦傷性。光學膜90由於在抗靜電層92上不具備光學調整層,故而耐擦傷性較於抗靜電層103上具備光學調整層104之光學膜100優異。 Since the optical adjustment layer is a thin film, the scratch resistance of the optical film can be improved if the optical adjustment layer is not provided. Since the optical film 90 does not have an optical adjustment layer on the antistatic layer 92, the scratch resistance is better than that of the optical film 100 having the optical adjustment layer 104 on the antistatic layer 103.

於可摺疊之光學膜中,必須以成為可摺疊之方式選定硬塗層之黏合劑樹脂。而且,若如光學膜90般於硬塗層中混練抗靜電劑,則必須使用顯示出與所選定之黏合劑樹脂有良好之相容性之抗靜電劑,導致抗靜電劑之選項變少。相對於此,於光學膜100中,由於將抗靜電層103設為與硬塗層102不同之層,故而可擴大抗靜電劑之選項。 In the foldable optical film, the binder resin of the hard coating must be selected in a foldable way. Moreover, if an antistatic agent is mixed in the hard coat layer like the optical film 90, an antistatic agent showing good compatibility with the selected binder resin must be used, resulting in fewer options for the antistatic agent. In contrast, in the optical film 100, since the antistatic layer 103 is a layer different from the hard coat layer 102, the options of antistatic agents can be expanded.

[實施例] [Example]

為了詳細地說明本發明,以下列舉實施例進行說明,但本發明並不限定於該等記載。再者,下述所謂「固體成分100%換算值」係指將溶劑稀釋品中之固體成分設為100%時之值。 In order to describe the present invention in detail, examples are given below for description, but the present invention is not limited to these descriptions. In addition, the following "100% solid content conversion value" refers to the value when the solid content in the solvent-diluted product is set to 100%.

<光學調整層用組成物之製備> <Preparation of composition for optical adjustment layer>

首先,以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分,獲得光學調整層用組成物。 First, each component is blended so as to become the composition shown below, and the composition for optical adjustment layers is obtained.

(光學調整層用組成物1) (Composition 1 for optical adjustment layer)

‧胺酯改質聚酯系樹脂(製品名「UR-3200」,東洋紡公司製造):85質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Urethane modified polyester resin (product name "UR-3200", manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.): 85 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):15質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Zirconium oxide (average particle size 20nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 15 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物2) (Composition 2 for optical adjustment layer)

‧胺酯改質聚酯系樹脂(製品名「UR-1700」,東洋紡公司製造):70質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Urethane modified polyester resin (product name "UR-1700", manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):30質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Zirconium oxide (average particle size 20nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 30 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物3) (Composition 3 for optical adjustment layer)

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電劑(製品名「1SX-3000」,Taisei Fine Chemical公司製造):100質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Antistatic agent containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "1SX-3000", manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧光聚合起始劑(製品名「Irg184」,BASF Japan公司製造):4質量份 ‧Photopolymerization initiator (product name "Irg184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 4 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):150質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 150 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物4) (Composition for optical adjustment layer 4)

‧胺酯改質聚酯系樹脂(製品名「UR-3200」,東洋紡公司製造):70質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Urethane modified polyester resin (product name "UR-3200", manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):15質量份(固體成 分100%換算值) ‧Zirconium oxide (average particle size 20nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 15 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content)

‧鈷藍(平均粒徑40nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):15質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Cobalt blue (average particle size 40nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 15 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

(光學調整層用組成物5) (Composition 5 for optical adjustment layer)

‧聚烯烴系樹脂(製品名「P-901」,三井化學公司製造):70質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Polyolefin resin (product name "P-901", manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧氧化鋯(平均粒徑20nm,CIK NanoTek公司製造):30質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Zirconium oxide (average particle size 20nm, manufactured by CIK NanoTek): 30 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):170質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 170 parts by mass

<抗靜電層用組成物之製備> <Preparation of composition for antistatic layer>

首先,以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分,獲得抗靜電層用組成物。 First, each component is blended so that it becomes the composition shown below, and the composition for antistatic layers is obtained.

(抗靜電層用組成物1) (Composition 1 for antistatic layer)

‧新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯及新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」,日本化藥公司製造):90質量份 ‧Mixture of neopentyl erythritol triacrylate and neopentyl erythritol tetraacrylate (product name "KAYARAD PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 90 parts by mass

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電聚合物(製品名「UV-ASHC-01」,日本化成公司製造):10質量份 ‧Antistatic polymer containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "UV-ASHC-01", manufactured by Nippon Kasei Corporation): 10 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF公司製造):2質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF): 2 parts by mass

(抗靜電層用組成物2) (Composition for antistatic layer 2)

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電聚合物(製品名「UV-ASHC-01」,日本化成公司製造):100質量份 ‧Antistatic polymer containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "UV-ASHC-01", manufactured by Nippon Kasei Corporation): 100 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF公司製造): 0.5質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Corporation): 0.5 parts by mass

<硬塗層用組成物> <Composition for Hard Coating>

以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分而獲得硬塗層用組成物。 Each component is blended so that it may become a composition shown below, and the composition for hard-coat layers is obtained.

(硬塗層用組成物1) (Composition 1 for hard coat layer)

‧胺酯系樹脂(製品名「U-6LPA」,新中村化學公司製造):70質量份 ‧Aurethane resin (product name "U-6LPA", manufactured by Shinnakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.): 70 parts by mass

‧胺酯系樹脂(製品名「UV2750B」,日本合成化學公司製造):20質量份 ‧Aurethane resin (product name "UV2750B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.): 20 parts by mass

‧含四級銨鹽之抗靜電劑(製品名「1SX-3000」,Taisei Fine Chemical公司製造):10質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Antistatic agent containing quaternary ammonium salt (product name "1SX-3000", manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧光聚合起始劑(製品名「Irg184」,BASF公司製造):4質量份 ‧Photopolymerization initiator (product name "Irg184", manufactured by BASF): 4 parts by mass

‧紫外線吸收劑(製品名「TINUVIN477」,BASF公司製造):5質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Ultraviolet absorber (product name "TINUVIN477", manufactured by BASF): 5 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧防污劑(製品名「BYKUV3500」,BYK-Chemie公司製造):1.5質量份(固體成分100%換算值) ‧Antifouling agent (product name "BYKUV3500", manufactured by BYK-Chemie): 1.5 parts by mass (100% converted value of solid content)

‧甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):150質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK): 150 parts by mass

(硬塗層用組成物2) (Composition for hard coat 2)

‧新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯及新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD PET-30」,日本化藥公司製造):100質量份 ‧Mixture of neopentylerythritol triacrylate and neopentylerythritol tetraacrylate (product name "KAYARAD PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF公司製造):2質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF): 2 parts by mass

<樹脂層用組成物之製備> <Preparation of composition for resin layer>

以成為下述所示之組成之方式摻合各成分而獲得樹脂層用組成物。 Each component is blended so that it may become a composition shown below, and the composition for resin layers is obtained.

(樹脂層用組成物1) (Composition for resin layer 1)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官 能):85質量份 ‧Amino acrylate (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.): 85 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):5質量份 ‧Phenoxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat#192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧三新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、單及二新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、以及聚新戊四醇丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「Viscoat#802」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):10質量份 ‧Mixtures of tri-neo-neo-pentaerythritol acrylate, mono- and di-neo-neo-pentaerythritol acrylate, and polyneo-neo-neo- erythritol acrylate (product name "Viscoat #802", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物2) (Composition for resin layer 2)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):85質量份 ‧Amino acrylate (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional): 85 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):15質量份 ‧Phenoxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat#192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 15 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物3) (Composition 3 for resin layer)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):80質量份 ‧Amino acrylate (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional): 80 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):5質量份 ‧Phenoxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat#192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧三新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、單及二新戊四醇丙烯酸酯、以及聚新戊四醇丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「Viscoat#802」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):10質 量份 ‧Mixtures of trineopentaerythritol acrylate, mono- and dineopentaerythritol acrylate, and polyneopentol acrylate (product name "Viscoat #802", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 10 parts by mass

‧二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD DPHA」,日本化藥股份有限公司製造):5質量份 ‧Mixture of dineopentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dineopentaerythritol hexaacrylate (product name "KAYARAD DPHA", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物4) (Composition for resin layer 4)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):95質量份 ‧Amino acrylate (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional): 95 parts by mass

‧丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯(製品名「Viscoat#192」,大阪有機化學工業公司製造):5質量份 ‧Phenoxyethyl acrylate (product name "Viscoat#192", manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

(樹脂層用組成物5) (Composition 5 for resin layer)

‧丙烯酸胺酯(製品名「UV3310B」,日本合成化學公司製造,二官能):85質量份 ‧Amino acrylate (product name "UV3310B", manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd., bifunctional): 85 parts by mass

‧二新戊四醇五丙烯酸酯與二新戊四醇六丙烯酸酯之混合物(製品名「KAYARAD DPHA」,日本化藥股份有限公司製造):15質量份 ‧Mixture of dineopentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dineopentaerythritol hexaacrylate (product name "KAYARAD DPHA", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 15 parts by mass

‧聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,製品名「Irgacure(註冊商標)184」,BASF Japan公司製造):5質量份 ‧Polymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Irgacure (registered trademark) 184", manufactured by BASF Japan): 5 parts by mass

‧甲基異丁基酮:10質量份 ‧Methyl isobutyl ketone: 10 parts by mass

<<實施例A及比較例A>> <<Example A and Comparative Example A>>

<實施例A1> <Example A1>

準備折射率1.630及厚度30μm之聚醯亞胺系基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為樹脂基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺系基材之一面之第1面塗佈光學調整層用組成物2,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發而形成折射率1.562及膜厚100nm之第2光學調整層。於形成第2光學調整層後,利用棒式塗佈機於第2光學調整層之表面塗佈光學調整層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發而形成折射率1.544及膜厚100nm之第1光學調整層。於形成第1光學調整層後,利用棒式塗佈機於第1光學調整層之表面塗佈硬塗層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.531及膜厚10μm之硬塗層。藉此,獲得第1光學調整層鄰接於硬塗層,且第2光學調整層鄰接於聚醯亞胺系基材之光學膜。再者,實施例A1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1面為相反側之第2面。 Prepare a polyimide-based substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) with a refractive index of 1.630 and a thickness of 30μm as a resin substrate, and use a bar coater on one side of the polyimide-based substrate The optical adjustment layer composition 2 is coated on the first surface to form a coating film. After that, the formed coating film was heated at 90° C. for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a second optical adjustment layer with a refractive index of 1.562 and a film thickness of 100 nm. After the second optical adjustment layer is formed, the composition 1 for the optical adjustment layer is coated on the surface of the second optical adjustment layer using a bar coater to form a coating film. After that, the formed coating film was heated at 90° C. for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a first optical adjustment layer with a refractive index of 1.544 and a film thickness of 100 nm. After the first optical adjustment layer is formed, the hard coat layer composition 1 is applied to the surface of the first optical adjustment layer using a bar coater to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the cumulative light intensity becomes 200mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer with a refractive index of 1.531 and a film thickness of 10 μm. Thereby, an optical film in which the first optical adjustment layer is adjacent to the hard coat layer and the second optical adjustment layer is adjacent to the polyimide-based substrate is obtained. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example A1 is the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface is the second surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the first surface.

硬塗層及光學調整層之折射率係於未進行易接著處理之厚度50μm之PET上分別塗佈硬塗層用組成物及光學調整層用組成物,製成1~10μm之厚度之硬化膜,於PET之未塗佈硬塗層用組成物或光學調整層用組成物之面(背面),貼附較測定點面積大之寬度之黑聚氯乙烯絕緣帶(例如Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38-21 38mm寬度)以防止背面反射,使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造),測定波長380~780nm之平均反射率,使用所獲得之平均反射率基於上述式(2)而求出。於實施例A2~A12及比較例A1及A2中,亦藉由與實施例A1相同之方法而測定各層之折射率。 The refractive index of the hard coat layer and the optical adjustment layer is formed by coating the composition for the hard coat layer and the composition for the optical adjustment layer on PET with a thickness of 50 μm that has not been easily bonded to form a hardened film with a thickness of 1 to 10 μm. , Attach a black polyvinyl chloride insulating tape (such as Yamato vinyl tape NO200-38) with a width larger than the area of the measuring point on the surface (back) of the composition for the uncoated hard coat layer or the composition for the optical adjustment layer of PET -21 38mm width) to prevent back reflection, use a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the average reflectance of wavelength 380~780nm, use the average reflectance obtained based on the above formula ( 2) And find out. In Examples A2 to A12 and Comparative Examples A1 and A2, the refractive index of each layer was also measured by the same method as in Example A1.

又,各層之膜厚係使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)(製 品名「S-4800」,日立高新技術股份有限公司製造)拍攝光學膜之剖面,於該剖面之影像中測定20個部位之各層之膜厚,採用該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。光學膜之剖面照片係藉由如下方式拍攝。首先,製作將以1mm×10mm切出之光學膜利用包埋樹脂包埋而成之塊體,藉由一般之切片製作方法自該塊體切出無孔等之均勻之厚度70nm以上且100nm以下之切片。切片之製作係使用「超薄切片機EM UC7」(Leica Microsystems股份有限公司)等。繼而,將該無孔等之均勻之切片作為測定樣品。其後,使用掃描穿透型電子顯微鏡(STEM)拍攝測定樣品之剖面照片。於該剖面照片之拍攝時,將檢測器設為「TE」,將加速電壓設為「30kV」,將發射電流設為「10μA」而進行STEM觀察。關於倍率,一面調節焦距並以對比度及亮度辨別或觀察各層,一面於5000倍~20萬倍適當調節。再者,於剖面照片之拍攝時,進而將光圈設為「束偵測光圈3」,將物鏡光圈設為「3」,又,將W.D.設為「8mm」。於實施例A2~A12及比較例A1及A2中,亦藉由與實施例A1相同之方法測定各層之折射率及膜厚。 In addition, the film thickness of each layer was taken using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) (product name "S-4800", manufactured by Hitachi High-Technology Co., Ltd.) to take a cross-section of the optical film, and measure 20 locations in the image of the cross-section The film thickness of each layer is the arithmetic average of the film thicknesses of the 20 locations. The cross-sectional photograph of the optical film was taken as follows. First, make a block made by embedding an optical film cut out of 1mm×10mm with an embedding resin, and cut out a uniform thickness of 70nm or more and 100nm or less from the block by a general slicing method.的片。 The slice. The production of slices is done using "Ultratome Microtome EM UC7" (Leica Microsystems Co., Ltd.), etc. Then, the uniform slice without holes or the like is used as a measurement sample. Thereafter, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) was used to take a cross-sectional photograph of the measurement sample. When the cross-sectional photograph was taken, the detector was set to "TE", the acceleration voltage was set to "30kV", and the emission current was set to "10μA" for STEM observation. Regarding the magnification, while adjusting the focal length and distinguishing or observing each layer by contrast and brightness, adjust appropriately from 5000 to 200,000 times. Furthermore, when shooting the cross-sectional photo, set the aperture to "beam detection aperture 3", the objective lens aperture to "3", and the W.D. to "8mm". In Examples A2 to A12 and Comparative Examples A1 and A2, the refractive index and film thickness of each layer were also measured by the same method as in Example A1.

<實施例A2> <Example A2>

於實施例A2中,於聚醯亞胺系基材之與第2光學調整層側之面為相反側之面形成折射率1.536及膜厚100nm之第3光學調整層,除此以外,以與實施例1相同之方式獲得光學膜。第3光學調整層係藉由如下方式形成,即,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之第2面塗佈光學調整層用組成物3,形成塗膜,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為100mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化。再者,實施例A2之光學膜之正面係硬塗層之表面,背面係第3光學調整層之表面。 In Example A2, a third optical adjustment layer with a refractive index of 1.536 and a film thickness of 100 nm was formed on the surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the second optical adjustment layer side. The optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The third optical adjustment layer is formed by applying the composition 3 for the optical adjustment layer to the second surface of the polyimide-based substrate using a bar coater to form a coating film. The coating film is heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film. Using an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB), the cumulative light quantity in the air becomes 100mJ/cm 2 The method irradiates ultraviolet rays to harden the coating film. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example A2 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the third optical adjustment layer.

<實施例A3> <Example A3>

於實施例A3中,將第1光學調整層之膜厚設為200nm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A3, except that the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer was 200 nm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A4> <Example A4>

於實施例A4中,將第2光學調整層之膜厚設為200nm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A4, except that the film thickness of the second optical adjustment layer was 200 nm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A5> <Example A5>

於實施例A5中,使用光學調整層用組成物4代替光學調整層用組成物1,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用光學調整層用組成物4所形成之第1光學調整層之折射率為1.547。 In Example A5, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the composition 4 for an optical adjustment layer was used instead of the composition 1 for an optical adjustment layer. Furthermore, the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer formed using the composition 4 for the optical adjustment layer was 1.547.

<實施例A6> <Example A6>

於實施例A6中,使用光學調整層用組成物5代替光學調整層用組成物2,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用光學調整層用組成物5所形成之第2光學調整層之折射率為1.563。 In Example A6, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the composition 5 for an optical adjustment layer was used instead of the composition 2 for an optical adjustment layer. Furthermore, the refractive index of the second optical adjustment layer formed using the composition 5 for the optical adjustment layer was 1.563.

<實施例A7> <Example A7>

於實施例A7中,將硬塗層之膜厚設為20μm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A7, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the film thickness of the hard coat layer was set to 20 μm.

<實施例A8> <Example A8>

於實施例A8中,將硬塗層之膜厚設為40μm,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A8, except that the film thickness of the hard coat layer was set to 40 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A9> <Example A9>

於實施例A9中,使用折射率1.662及厚度30μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺系基材(製品名「THD-30」,Kolon公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A9, a polyimide-based substrate (product name "THD-30", manufactured by Kolon) with a refractive index of 1.662 and a thickness of 30 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate. An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A10> <Example A10>

於實施例A10中,使用折射率1.701及厚度30μm之聚醯胺系基材(製品名「芳香族聚醯胺」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A10, a polyimide-based substrate (product name "aromatic polyamide", manufactured by Toray) with a refractive index of 1.701 and a thickness of 30μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate. An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<實施例A11> <Example A11>

於實施例A11中,使用折射率1.654及厚度23μm之聚酯系基材(製品名「U403」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A11, a polyester-based substrate (product name "U403", manufactured by Toray Corporation) with a refractive index of 1.654 and a thickness of 23 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate. Way to obtain an optical film.

<實施例A12> <Example A12>

準備折射率1.630及厚度30μm之聚醯亞胺系基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為樹脂基材,利用棒式塗佈機,於作為聚醯亞胺系基材之一面之第1面塗佈光學調整層用組成物1而形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成鄰接於聚醯亞胺系基材之折射率1.544及膜厚100nm之第1光學調整層。於形成第1光學調整層後,利用棒式塗佈機於第1光學調整層之表面塗佈硬塗層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於90℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.531及膜厚10μm之硬塗層。藉此,獲得第1光學調整層鄰接於硬塗層及聚醯亞胺系基材之光學膜。再者,實施例A1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1面為相反側之第2面。 Prepare a polyimide-based substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) with a refractive index of 1.630 and a thickness of 30μm as a resin substrate. The optical adjustment layer composition 1 is applied to the first side of one side to form a coating film. After that, the formed coating film was heated at 90°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a polyimide-based substrate with a refractive index of 1.544 and a film thickness of 100nm. 1 Optical adjustment layer. After the first optical adjustment layer is formed, the hard coat layer composition 1 is applied to the surface of the first optical adjustment layer using a bar coater to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 90°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the cumulative light intensity becomes 200mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer with a refractive index of 1.531 and a film thickness of 10 μm. Thereby, an optical film in which the first optical adjustment layer is adjacent to the hard coat layer and the polyimide-based substrate is obtained. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example A1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the second surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the first surface.

<實施例A13> <Example A13>

於實施例A13中,使用折射率1.662及厚度30μm之聚醯胺醯亞胺系基材(製品名「THD-30」,Kolon公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A13, a polyimide-based substrate with a refractive index of 1.662 and a thickness of 30μm (product name "THD-30", manufactured by Kolon) was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate. An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A12.

<實施例A14> <Example A14>

於實施例14中,使用折射率1.701及厚度30μm之聚醯胺系基材(製品名「芳香族聚醯胺」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example 14, a polyimide-based substrate (product name "aromatic polyamide", manufactured by Toray Corporation) with a refractive index of 1.701 and a thickness of 30μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate. An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A12.

<實施例A15> <Example A15>

於實施例A15中,使用折射率1.654及厚度23μm之聚酯系基材(製品名「U403」,Toray公司製造)代替聚醯亞胺系基材,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A15, a polyester-based substrate (product name "U403", manufactured by Toray Corporation) with a refractive index of 1.654 and a thickness of 23 μm was used instead of the polyimide-based substrate. Except for this, the same as in Example A12 was used. Way to obtain an optical film.

<實施例A16> <Example A16>

於實施例A16中,以如下方式於聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1光學調整層側之面為相反側之面形成樹脂層,除此以外,以與實施例A12相同之方式獲得光學膜。於形成樹脂層時,首先,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1光學調整層側之面為相反側之面塗佈樹脂層用組成物1而形成塗膜。繼而,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為1200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.504及膜厚200μm之由胺酯系樹脂所構成之樹脂層。 In Example A16, a resin layer was formed on the surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the surface of the first optical adjustment layer in the following manner. Except for this, the optical fiber was obtained in the same manner as in Example A12. membrane. When forming the resin layer, first, the resin layer composition 1 is applied to the surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the first optical adjustment layer side using a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used to accumulate in the air. Ultraviolet rays were irradiated so that the amount of light became 1200 mJ/cm 2 to harden the coating film to form a resin layer made of urethane resin with a refractive index of 1.504 and a film thickness of 200 μm.

<實施例A17> <Example A17>

於實施例A17中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為50μm,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A17, except that the film thickness of the resin layer was 50 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16.

<實施例18> <Example 18>

於實施例A18中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為300μm,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A18, except that the film thickness of the resin layer was set to 300 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16.

<實施例A19> <Example A19>

於實施例A19中,使用樹脂層用組成物2代替樹脂層用組成物1,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物2所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.509。 In Example A19, except that the resin layer composition 2 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16. In addition, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the resin layer composition 2 was 1.509.

<實施例A20> <Example A20>

於實施例A20中,使用樹脂層用組成物3代替樹脂層用組成物1,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物3所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.507。 In Example A20, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16 except that the composition 3 for the resin layer was used instead of the composition 1 for the resin layer. In addition, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 3 for the resin layer was 1.507.

<實施例A21> <Example A21>

於實施例21中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為50μm,除此以外,以與實施例A20相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example 21, except that the film thickness of the resin layer was 50 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A20.

<實施例A22> <Example A22>

於實施例A22中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為300μm,除此以外,以與實施例A20相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Example A22, except that the film thickness of the resin layer was set to 300 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A20.

<實施例A23> <Example A23>

於實施例A23中,於聚醯亞胺系基材與樹脂層之間形成折射率1.536及膜厚100nm之第3光學調整層,除此以外,以與實施例A16相同之方式獲得光學膜。第3光學調整層係藉由如下方式形成,即,於形成樹脂層之前,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之第2面塗佈光學調整層用組成物3而形成塗膜,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為100mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化。樹脂層係於形成第3光學調整層後,於第3光學調整層之表面以與實施例A16相同之方式形成。再者,實施例A23之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為樹脂層之表面。 In Example A23, a third optical adjustment layer with a refractive index of 1.536 and a film thickness of 100 nm was formed between the polyimide-based substrate and the resin layer. An optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A16, except that the third optical adjustment layer was formed. The third optical adjustment layer is formed by applying the composition 3 for the optical adjustment layer to the second surface of the polyimide-based substrate using a bar coater before forming the resin layer to form a coating. For the formed coating film, heat it at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film. Use an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) to accumulate in the air Ultraviolet rays are irradiated so that the amount of light becomes 100mJ/cm 2 to harden the coating film. After forming the third optical adjustment layer, the resin layer was formed on the surface of the third optical adjustment layer in the same manner as in Example A16. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example A23 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the resin layer.

<實施例A24> <Example A24>

於實施例A24中,於第3光學調整層之與聚醯亞胺系基材側之面為相反側之面,形成折射率1.504及膜厚200μm之由胺酯系樹脂所構成之樹脂層,除此以外,以與實施例A2相同之方式獲得光學膜。樹脂層係於第3光學調整層之表面以與實施例A16相同之方式形成。 In Example A24, a resin layer made of urethane resin with a refractive index of 1.504 and a film thickness of 200 μm was formed on the surface opposite to the surface of the polyimide-based substrate of the third optical adjustment layer. Except for this, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A2. The resin layer was formed on the surface of the third optical adjustment layer in the same manner as in Example A16.

<比較例A1> <Comparative Example A1>

準備折射率1.630及厚度30μm之聚醯亞胺系基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為樹脂基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺系基材之一面之第1面塗佈硬塗層用組成物1而形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,而形成膜厚為10μm之硬塗層,獲得硬塗層鄰接於聚醯亞胺系基材之光學膜。再者,比較例A1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1面為相反側之面。 Prepare a polyimide-based substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) with a refractive index of 1.630 and a thickness of 30μm as a resin substrate, and use a bar coater on one side of the polyimide-based substrate The hard coat layer composition 1 was applied to the first surface to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the cumulative light amount becomes 200mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer with a film thickness of 10 μm, thereby obtaining an optical film in which the hard coat layer is adjacent to the polyimide-based substrate. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example A1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the first surface.

<比較例A2> <Comparative Example A2>

於比較例A2中,將硬塗層之膜厚設為50μm,除此以外,以與比較例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Comparative Example A2, except that the film thickness of the hard coat layer was 50 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A1.

<比較例A3> <Comparative Example A3>

於比較例A3中,以如下方式於聚醯亞胺系基材之與硬塗層側之面為相反側之面形成樹脂層,除此以外,以與比較例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。於形成樹脂層時,首先,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺系基材之與硬塗層側之面為相反側之面塗佈樹脂層用組成物1而形成塗膜。繼而,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為1200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成折射率1.504及膜厚30μm之由胺酯系樹 脂所構成之樹脂層。 In Comparative Example A3, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A1, except that a resin layer was formed on the surface of the polyimide-based substrate on the opposite side to the hard-coat layer side as follows. When forming the resin layer, first, the resin layer composition 1 is applied to the surface of the polyimide-based substrate opposite to the hard-coat layer side using a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used to accumulate in the air. Ultraviolet rays were irradiated so that the amount of light became 1200 mJ/cm 2 to harden the coating film to form a resin layer made of urethane resin with a refractive index of 1.504 and a film thickness of 30 μm.

<比較例A4> <Comparative Example A4>

於比較例A4中,將樹脂層之膜厚設為350μm,除此以外,以與比較例A3相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Comparative Example A4, except that the film thickness of the resin layer was 350 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A3.

<比較例A5> <Comparative Example A5>

於比較例A5中,使用樹脂層用組成物4代替樹脂層用組成物1而形成膜厚200μm之樹脂層,除此以外,以與比較例A3相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物4所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.506。 In Comparative Example A5, except that the resin layer composition 4 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1 to form a resin layer with a film thickness of 200 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A3. Furthermore, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 4 for the resin layer was 1.506.

<比較例A6> <Comparative Example A6>

於比較例A6中,使用樹脂層用組成物5代替樹脂層用組成物1而形成膜厚200μm之樹脂層,除此以外,以與比較例A3相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,使用樹脂層用組成物5所形成之樹脂層之折射率為1.509。 In Comparative Example A6, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example A3 except that the resin layer composition 5 was used instead of the resin layer composition 1 to form a resin layer with a film thickness of 200 μm. Moreover, the refractive index of the resin layer formed using the composition 5 for resin layers was 1.509.

<比較例A7> <Comparative Example A7>

於比較例A7中,將第1光學調整層之膜厚設為3μm(3000nm),除此以外,以與實施例A1相同之方式獲得光學膜。 In Comparative Example A7, except that the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer was 3 μm (3000 nm), an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example A1.

<干涉條紋評價> <Interference fringe evaluation>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜中,評價是否觀察到干涉條紋。具體而言,於光學膜之背面經由透明黏著劑貼附用以防止背面反射之黑色壓克力板,自光學膜之正面側對各光學膜照射光,目視觀察是否確認到干涉條紋。作為光源,使用三波長管螢光燈。根據以下之基準對干涉條紋之產生進行評價。 In the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, it was evaluated whether interference fringes were observed. Specifically, a black acrylic sheet to prevent back reflection is attached to the back of the optical film via a transparent adhesive, and light is irradiated to each optical film from the front side of the optical film, and it is visually observed whether interference fringes are confirmed. As the light source, a three-wavelength tube fluorescent lamp is used. The interference fringe generation is evaluated according to the following criteria.

◎:未確認到干涉條紋。 ◎: No interference fringes are confirmed.

○:雖確認到少許之干涉條紋,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: Although some interference fringes are confirmed, there is no problem in actual use.

×:明確地確認到干涉條紋。 ×: Interference fringes are clearly confirmed.

<耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性> <Continuous foldability and adhesion before durability test>

將實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜切割為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作樣品,將該樣品以如下方式安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),即,將樣品之短邊(30mm)側利用固定部分別固定,且如圖2(C)所示,對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為10mm,進行1萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為內側,且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為外側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於基材與硬塗層之間是否未產生隆起(間隙),並且研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。將連續摺疊試驗之結果分為連續摺疊性及密接性,根據以下之基準進行評價。再者,連續摺疊試驗中使用之樣品係自進行下述耐久性試驗之前之光學膜切割者。 The optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7 were cut into 30mm×100mm rectangles to prepare samples, and the samples were mounted on a durability testing machine (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System) as follows ), that is, the short side (30mm) side of the sample is fixed separately with the fixing part, and as shown in Figure 2(C), the minimum distance between the two opposing sides becomes 10mm, and the front side of the sample is performed 10,000 times Side-folding 180° continuous folding test (a test of folding with the hard coat layer as the inside and the substrate, the third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer as the outside), to investigate whether there is no occurrence between the substrate and the hard coat layer Protrusion (clearance), and investigate whether there is no crack or fracture in the bent part. The results of the continuous folding test are divided into continuous folding properties and adhesion properties, and evaluations are made based on the following criteria. In addition, the samples used in the continuous folding test were obtained from the optical film cutting before the following durability test.

(連續摺疊性) (Continuous foldability)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部未產生破裂或斷裂。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no cracks or breaks occurred in the bent portion.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部產生少許破裂或斷裂,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, some cracks or breaks occurred in the bent part, but there is no problem in actual use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部明顯地產生破裂或斷裂。 ×: In the continuous folding test, cracks or breaks were clearly generated in the bent portion.

(密接性) (Adhesion)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間未產生隆起。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no swelling was generated between the substrate and the hard coat layer.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間產生少許隆起,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, a little swelling was generated between the base material and the hard coat layer, but the level was no problem in actual use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間明顯地產生隆起。 ×: In the continuous folding test, swelling was clearly generated between the base material and the hard coat layer.

<耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性> <Continuous foldability and adhesion after durability test>

對於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜,進行將光學膜於60℃、相對濕度90%之環境下放置12小時之耐久性試驗,將耐久性試驗後之光學膜切割 為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作樣品,將該樣品以如下方式安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),即,將樣品之短邊(30mm)側利用固定部分別固定,且如圖2(C)所示,對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為10mm,進行1萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為內側且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為外側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於基材與硬塗層之間是否未產生隆起(間隙),並且研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。將連續摺疊試驗之結果分為連續摺疊性及密接性,根據以下之基準進行評價。 For the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, a durability test was performed in which the optical film was placed in an environment of 60°C and a relative humidity of 90% for 12 hours, and the optical film after the durability test was cut into 30mm ×100mm rectangle to make a sample, install the sample on a durability testing machine (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System) in the following way, that is, fix the short side (30mm) side of the sample with the fixing part respectively , And as shown in Figure 2(C), the minimum distance between the two opposing sides becomes 10mm, and the continuous folding test is performed 10,000 times to fold the front side of the sample 180° (with the hard coat as the inner side and the base material , The third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer becomes the outer side of the folding test), investigate whether there is no bulge (gap) between the substrate and the hard coat layer, and whether there is no crack or break in the bent part. The results of the continuous folding test are divided into continuous folding properties and adhesion properties, and evaluations are made based on the following criteria.

(連續摺疊性) (Continuous foldability)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部未產生破裂或斷裂。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no cracks or breaks occurred in the bent portion.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部產生少許破裂或斷裂,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, some cracks or breaks occurred in the bent part, but there is no problem in actual use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部明顯產生破裂或斷裂。 ×: In the continuous folding test, cracks or breaks were clearly generated in the bent portion.

(密接性) (Adhesion)

◎:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間未產生隆起。 ◎: In the continuous folding test, no swelling was generated between the substrate and the hard coat layer.

○:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間產生少許隆起,但於實際使用中無問題之等級。 ○: In the continuous folding test, a little swelling was generated between the base material and the hard coat layer, but the level was no problem in actual use.

×:於連續摺疊試驗中,於基材與硬塗層之間明顯地產生隆起。 ×: In the continuous folding test, swelling was clearly generated between the base material and the hard coat layer.

<鉛筆硬度> <Pencil Hardness>

基於JIS K5600-5-4:1999,分別測定實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜之正面之鉛筆硬度。鉛筆硬度試驗係藉由如下方式進行,即,將以30mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜以無彎折或褶皺之方式利用Nichiban股份有限公司製造之Cellotape(註冊商標)固定於玻璃板上,針對光學膜之正面,使用鉛筆硬度試驗機(製品名「鉛筆刮痕塗膜硬度試驗機(電動式)」,東洋精機 製作所股份有限公司製造),一面對鉛筆(製品名「Uni」,三菱鉛筆股份有限公司製造)施加750g之荷重一面使鉛筆以1mm/秒之移動速度移動。鉛筆硬度設為於鉛筆硬度試驗中未對光學膜之正面造成損傷之最高硬度。再者,於鉛筆硬度之測定時,使用多根硬度不同之鉛筆進行,每1根鉛筆進行5次鉛筆硬度試驗,於5次中4次以上於螢光燈下對光學膜之正面進行穿透觀察時未於光學膜之正面視認到損傷之情形時,判斷為該硬度之鉛筆未對光學膜之正面造成損傷。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 Based on JIS K5600-5-4: 1999, the pencil hardness of the front surface of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7 were measured respectively. The pencil hardness test is carried out by fixing an optical film cut out with a size of 30mm×100mm on a glass plate using Cellotape (registered trademark) manufactured by Nichiban Co., Ltd. without bending or wrinkles. For the front of the optical film, a pencil hardness tester (product name "Pencil Scratch Film Hardness Tester (Electric Type)", manufactured by Toyo Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) is used, with a pencil (product name "Uni", Mitsubishi) (Made by Pencil Co., Ltd.) while applying a load of 750g, the pencil moves at a moving speed of 1mm/sec. The pencil hardness is set to the highest hardness that does not cause damage to the front surface of the optical film in the pencil hardness test. In addition, when measuring the pencil hardness, use multiple pencils with different hardness to perform the pencil hardness test 5 times for each pencil, and penetrate the front surface of the optical film under a fluorescent lamp 4 times out of 5 times. When the damage is not recognized on the front surface of the optical film during observation, it is judged that the pencil of the hardness has not caused damage to the front surface of the optical film. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

<抗剝離帶電性> <Peeling resistance to electrification>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜之正面貼合保護膜,測定自光學膜之正面剝離保護膜時之剝離帶電量,評價剝離帶電量之大小。具體而言,於光學膜之正面貼合附黏著層之保護膜(製品名「SAT2038T-JSL」,SUN A.KAKEN公司製造),於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自光學膜之正面以剝離速度300mm/min將保護膜180°剝離,使用靜電測定器(製品名「KSD-0103」,春日電機公司製造),自距正面為50mm之距離測定此時之光學膜之正面之電位,測定剝離帶電量。剝離帶電量係於光學膜之正面分別測定10次,設為測定10次所得之剝離帶電量之算術平均值。評價基準如以下所示。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 A protective film was attached to the front surface of the optical film of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, and the peeling charge amount when the protective film was peeled off from the front surface of the optical film was measured, and the peeling charge amount was evaluated. Specifically, a protective film with an adhesive layer (product name "SAT2038T-JSL", manufactured by SUN A. KAKEN) was attached to the front surface of the optical film, and it was removed from the optical film under an environment of 23°C and a relative humidity of 50%. Peel off the protective film 180° from the front side at a peeling speed of 300mm/min. Use an electrostatic measuring device (product name "KSD-0103", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co.) to measure the potential of the front side of the optical film at a distance of 50mm from the front side. , Determine the peeling charge. The peeling charge amount was measured 10 times on the front surface of the optical film, and set as the arithmetic average of the peeling charge amount obtained from the 10 measurements. The evaluation criteria are as follows. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

○:光學膜之正面之剝離帶電量為-10kV~10kV之範圍內。 ○: The peeling charge on the front side of the optical film is within the range of -10kV~10kV.

×:光學膜之正面之剝離帶電量超過±10kV。 ×: The peeling charge on the front side of the optical film exceeds ±10kV.

<飽和帶電壓> <Saturation Band Voltage>

分別測定實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜之正面之飽和帶電壓。具體而言,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距以100mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜之正面為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓,使用帶電電荷衰減度測定器(製品名「H-0110」,Shishido Electrostatic公司製造),測定光學膜之正面 之飽和帶電壓。飽和帶電壓設為測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 The saturation charged voltage of the front surface of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7 were respectively measured. Specifically, in an environment of 23°C and a relative humidity of 50%, a voltage of 10kV is applied at a distance of 50mm from the front surface of the optical film cut out with a size of 100mm×100mm, and a charged charge attenuation tester (product name "H-0110", manufactured by Shishido Electrostatic Co., Ltd.), to measure the saturated charged voltage of the front surface of the optical film. The saturation band voltage is set as the arithmetic average of the values obtained by measuring 3 times. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

<表面電阻值> <Surface resistance value>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜中,使用電阻率計(製品名「Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450」,Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech公司製造,探針:URS)測定表面之電阻值。表面電阻值係隨機地分別測定10個部位之以50mm×50mm之大小切出之光學膜之正面之表面電阻值,採用測得之10個部位之表面電阻值之算術平均值。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 In the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, a resistivity meter (product name "Hiresta-UP MCP-HT450", manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Analytech, probe: URS) was used to measure the resistance value of the surface. The surface resistance values are randomly measured at 10 locations on the front surface resistance values of the optical film cut out with a size of 50mm×50mm, and the arithmetic average of the measured surface resistance values of the 10 locations is used. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

<黃色指數(YI)> <Yellow Index (YI)>

於實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜中,分別測定黃色指數。具體而言,首先,將以50mm×50mm之大小切出之光學膜以光學膜之基材側成為光源側之方式配置於分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所股份有限公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈)內。光學膜係無缺陷(異物之混入)、無龜裂、無皺褶且無污漬者,又,於無捲曲之平坦之狀態下保持於分光光度計。於該狀態下,於以下之測定條件下,於波長300nm~780nm分別於前後1nm之間測定最低5點之穿透率,算出其平均值,藉此而求出。繼而,於連接於UV-2450之監視器上讀入上述穿透率之測定資料,於計算項目中勾選「YI」,藉此獲得YI。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 In the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, the yellow index was measured respectively. Specifically, first, the optical film cut out to a size of 50mm×50mm is placed on a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) so that the substrate side of the optical film becomes the light source side. , Light source: tungsten filament lamp and deuterium lamp). The optical film is free of defects (incorporation of foreign matter), no cracks, no wrinkles, and no stains, and is kept in a spectrophotometer in a flat state without curling. In this state, under the following measurement conditions, measure the transmittance at the lowest 5 points between the wavelengths of 300nm to 780nm and 1nm before and after, and calculate the average value. Then, read the above-mentioned transmittance measurement data on the monitor connected to the UV-2450, and check "YI" in the calculation item to obtain YI. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

(測定條件) (Measurement conditions)

‧波長區域:300nm~780nm ‧Wavelength range: 300nm~780nm

‧掃描速度:高速 ‧Scan speed: high speed

‧狹縫寬度:2.0 ‧Slit width: 2.0

‧取樣間隔:自動(0.5nm間隔) ‧Sampling interval: automatic (0.5nm interval)

‧照明:C ‧Lighting: C

‧光源:D2及WI ‧Light source: D2 and WI

‧視野:2° ‧Field of view: 2°

‧光源切換波長:360nm ‧Light source switching wavelength: 360nm

‧S/R切換:標準 ‧S/R switching: standard

‧檢測器:PM ‧Detector: PM

‧自動歸零:於基準線之掃描後於550nm實施 ‧Auto zero: implement at 550nm after scanning the baseline

<全光線穿透率測定> <Measurement of total light transmittance>

針對實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A7之光學膜,使用霧度計(製品名「HM-150」,村上色彩技術研究所股份有限公司製造),依照JIS K7361-1:1997測定全光線穿透率。關於上述全光線穿透率,上述全光線穿透率係以50mm×100mm之大小切出後,於無捲曲或皺褶且無指紋或灰塵等之狀態下,以硬塗層側成為非光源側之方式設置,對1片光學膜測定3次,採用測定3次而獲得之值之算術平均值。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 For the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A7, a haze meter (product name "HM-150", manufactured by Murakami Color Technology Research Institute Co., Ltd.) was used to measure total light in accordance with JIS K7361-1: 1997 Penetration rate. Regarding the above-mentioned total light transmittance, the above-mentioned total light transmittance is cut out in a size of 50mm×100mm, and the hard coat side becomes the non-light source side without curls or wrinkles and no fingerprints or dust. The method setting is to measure one optical film 3 times, and use the arithmetic average of the values obtained from the 3 measurements. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

<G'、G"、tanδ之測定> <Measurement of G', G", tanδ>

測定實施例A16~A24及比較例A3~A6之光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"、及剪切損耗正切tanδ。具體而言,首先,將光學膜沖裁為10mm×5mm之長方形狀,作為樣品。繼而,準備2片該樣品,安裝於動態黏彈性測定裝置(製品名「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)之測定夾具。具體而言,固體剪切用夾具具備厚度為1mm之1片金屬製固體剪切板與配置於該固體剪切板之兩側之2個L型金屬件,於固體剪切板與L型金屬件之間夾著一樣品,且於固體剪切板與另一L型金屬件之間夾著另一樣品。於此情形時,以樹脂層成為固體剪切板側且硬塗層成為L型金屬件側之方式夾著樣品。繼而,利用螺釘將L型金屬件間緊固,固定樣品。繼而,於動態黏彈性測定裝 置(製品名「Rheogel-E4000」,UBM股份有限公司製造)安裝由上部夾頭及下部夾頭所構成之拉伸試驗用夾頭後,將固體剪切用夾具以夾頭間距離20mm設置於上部夾頭與下部夾頭之間。繼而,將設定溫度設為25℃並以2℃/min升溫。於該狀態下,一面固定固體剪切板一面對2個L型金屬件施加應變量1%且頻率500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之範圍之縱向振動,一面於25℃進行固體之動態黏彈性測定,測定光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ。此處,光學膜之於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ設為藉由如下方式而獲得之值,對L型金屬件分別施加頻率500Hz、750Hz、950Hz之縱向振動,於各頻率下測定光學膜之剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ,求出該等剪切儲存模數G'、剪切損耗模數G"及剪切損耗正切tanδ之算術平均值,進而將該測定重複3次,將分別獲得之3個算術平均值進一步進行算術平均。再者,作為光學膜,使用上述耐久性試驗前之光學膜。 The shear storage modulus G', shear loss modulus G", and shear loss tangent tanδ of the optical films of Examples A16 to A24 and Comparative Examples A3 to A6 were measured. Specifically, first, the optical film was punched It has a rectangular shape of 10 mm x 5 mm and is used as a sample. Next, two samples of this sample are prepared and attached to the measurement jig of a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.). Specifically, the solid shearing jig has a metal solid shearing plate with a thickness of 1mm and two L-shaped metal pieces arranged on both sides of the solid shearing plate. The solid shearing plate and the L-shaped metal A sample is sandwiched between the pieces, and another sample is sandwiched between the solid shear plate and another L-shaped metal piece. In this case, the sample is sandwiched so that the resin layer becomes the solid shear plate side and the hard coat layer becomes the L-shaped metal part side. Then, the L-shaped metal parts are fastened with screws to fix the sample. Then, after installing a tensile test chuck composed of an upper chuck and a lower chuck on the dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (product name "Rheogel-E4000", manufactured by UBM Co., Ltd.), the solid shearing jig was used The distance between the chucks is 20mm between the upper chuck and the lower chuck. Then, the set temperature was set to 25°C and the temperature was increased at 2°C/min. In this state, the solid shear plate is fixed on one side, and longitudinal vibration with a strain of 1% and a frequency of 500 Hz or more and 1000 Hz or less is applied to the two L-shaped metal parts, and the dynamic viscoelasticity of the solid is measured at 25°C. Measure the shear storage modulus G', shear loss modulus G" and shear loss tangent tanδ of the optical film. Here, the shear storage modulus G'of the optical film in the frequency region above 500 Hz and below 1000 Hz, The shear loss modulus G" and shear loss tangent tanδ are set to the values obtained by the following method. The longitudinal vibration of the frequency 500Hz, 750Hz, 950Hz is applied to the L-shaped metal parts, and the shear of the optical film is measured at each frequency. Cut storage modulus G', shear loss modulus G" and shear loss tangent tanδ, and obtain the arithmetic average of these shear storage modulus G', shear loss modulus G" and shear loss tangent tanδ , And then repeat the measurement three times, and further carry out the arithmetic average of the three arithmetic averages obtained. In addition, as an optical film, the optical film before the said durability test was used.

<耐衝擊性試驗> <Impact resistance test>

於厚度0.7mm之鈉玻璃之表面,以鈉玻璃側成為樹脂層側之方式直接放置實施例A16~A24及比較例A3~A6之光學膜,進行如下耐衝擊性試驗A各3次,即,使重量100g、直徑30mm之鐵球自高度30cm之位置落下至光學膜之硬塗層之表面。又,於厚度0.7mm之鈉玻璃上,以鈉玻璃側成為樹脂層側之方式,經由厚度200μm之黏著片材(製品名「高透明性雙面帶8146-2」,3M公司製造)放置實施例A16~A24及比較例A3~A6之光學膜,進行如下耐衝擊性試驗B各3次,即,使重量100g、直徑30mm之鐵球自高度30cm之位置落下至光學膜之硬塗層之表面。再者,於耐衝擊性試驗A、B中,使鐵球落下之位置設為每次進行變更者。繼而,於耐衝擊性試驗A後之光學膜中,藉由目視評價於硬塗層之表面是否產生凹陷,並且評價於鈉玻璃是否產生破裂。又,於耐衝擊性試 驗B後之光學膜中,藉由目視評價於硬塗層之表面是否產生凹陷。評價結果如以下所述。 Place the optical films of Examples A16 to A24 and Comparative Examples A3 to A6 directly on the surface of the soda glass with a thickness of 0.7mm so that the soda glass side becomes the resin layer side, and perform the following impact resistance test A three times each, namely, Drop an iron ball with a weight of 100g and a diameter of 30mm from a height of 30cm onto the surface of the hard coating of the optical film. In addition, on the soda glass with a thickness of 0.7mm, the soda glass side becomes the resin layer side, and the adhesive sheet (product name "high transparency double-sided tape 8146-2", manufactured by 3M company) with a thickness of 200μm is placed and implemented. The optical films of Examples A16~A24 and Comparative Examples A3~A6 were subjected to the following impact resistance test B three times each, that is, an iron ball with a weight of 100g and a diameter of 30mm was dropped from a position of 30cm in height to the hard coating of the optical film surface. Furthermore, in the impact resistance tests A and B, the drop position of the iron ball was changed every time. Then, in the optical film after the impact resistance test A, it was visually evaluated whether or not dents were generated on the surface of the hard coat layer, and whether or not cracking occurred in the soda glass was evaluated. In addition, in the optical film after impact resistance test B, it was visually evaluated whether or not dents were generated on the surface of the hard coat layer. The evaluation results are as follows.

(硬塗層之表面之凹陷評價) (Evaluation of depression on the surface of the hard coating)

○:於自正面及傾斜觀察硬塗層之兩種情形時,均未於硬塗層之表面確認到凹陷。 ○: In both cases of observing the hard coat from the front and obliquely, no dent was confirmed on the surface of the hard coat.

△:於自正面觀察硬塗層之情形時,於硬塗層之表面未觀察到凹陷,但於傾斜觀察之情形時,於硬塗層之表面確認到凹陷。 △: When observing the hard coat from the front, no dents are observed on the surface of the hard coat, but when obliquely observed, dents are confirmed on the surface of the hard coat.

×:於自正面及傾斜觀察硬塗層之兩種情形時,均於硬塗層之表面觀察到明顯之凹陷。 ×: When observing the hard coating from the front and obliquely, obvious dents were observed on the surface of the hard coating.

(鈉玻璃之破裂評價) (Evaluation of rupture of soda glass)

◎:鈉玻璃未破裂。 ◎: The soda glass is not broken.

○:於鈉玻璃產生損傷但未破裂。 ○: The soda glass is damaged but not broken.

△:1~2次於鈉玻璃產生破裂。 △: Cracks occurred in soda glass 1 to 2 times.

×:3次均於鈉玻璃產生破裂。 X: Cracks occurred in the soda glass all three times.

以下,將結果示於表1~3。 Below, the results are shown in Tables 1 to 3.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0087-31
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0087-31

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0088-32
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0088-32

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0088-33
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0088-33

以下,對結果進行敘述。於比較例A1、A3~A6之光學膜中,於聚醯亞胺系基材與硬塗層之間未設置鄰接於硬塗層之光學調整層,因此明確地觀察到干涉條紋。又,於比較例A2之光學膜中,由於硬塗層之膜厚較厚,故而抑制干涉條紋之產生,但連續摺疊性較差。又,於比較例A7之光學膜中,於聚醯亞胺系基材與硬塗層之間設置有鄰接於硬塗層之第1光學調整層,但由於第1光學調整層之膜厚較厚,故而連續摺疊性較差。相對於此,於實施例A1~A24之光學膜中,於各種基材與硬塗層之間設置有鄰接於硬塗層之第1光學調整層,因此抑制干涉條紋之產生,且連續摺疊性亦優異。再者,於實施例A1~A24之光學膜中,第1光學調整層之膜厚較比較例A7之光學膜薄,因此較比較例A7之光學膜更抑制干涉條紋。又,由耐熱性試驗後之密接性評價可知,於實施例A1~A11之光學膜中,由於具備第2光學調整層,故而基材與第1光學調整層之密接性較不具備第2光學調整層之實施例A12~A24之光學膜提高。 The results will be described below. In the optical films of Comparative Examples A1 and A3 to A6, the optical adjustment layer adjacent to the hard coating layer was not provided between the polyimide-based substrate and the hard coating layer, so interference fringes were clearly observed. In addition, in the optical film of Comparative Example A2, since the film thickness of the hard coat layer is thick, the generation of interference fringes is suppressed, but the continuous foldability is poor. In addition, in the optical film of Comparative Example A7, the first optical adjustment layer adjacent to the hard coating layer is provided between the polyimide-based substrate and the hard coating layer. However, the thickness of the first optical adjustment layer is larger Thick, so continuous folding is poor. In contrast, in the optical films of Examples A1 to A24, the first optical adjustment layer adjacent to the hard coating layer is provided between the various substrates and the hard coating layer, thereby suppressing the generation of interference fringes and achieving continuous foldability Also excellent. Furthermore, in the optical films of Examples A1 to A24, the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer is thinner than that of the optical film of Comparative Example A7, so interference fringes are suppressed more than the optical film of Comparative Example A7. In addition, from the adhesion evaluation after the heat resistance test, it can be seen that in the optical films of Examples A1 to A11, since the second optical adjustment layer is provided, the adhesion between the substrate and the first optical adjustment layer is less than that of the second optical film. The optical film of Examples A12~A24 of the adjustment layer is improved.

又,於實施例A1及A8之光學膜中,將以30mm×100mm之長方形切割而製作之樣品之短邊(30mm)側以樣品之對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式分別固定於平行地配置之固定部,於摺疊光學膜之狀態下,進行於70℃靜置12小時之摺疊靜置試驗。繼而,於摺疊靜置試驗後自單側之邊部卸除固定部,藉此解除摺疊狀態,於室溫下經過30分鐘後,測定光學膜自然地打開之角度即開度角(參照圖3(B)),結果實施例A1之光學膜之開度角為100°以上,大於實施例A8之光學膜之開度角。再者,作為開度角,於以硬塗層成為內側之方式摺疊之情形與以硬塗層成為外側之方式摺疊之兩種情形時進行摺疊靜置試驗,採用角度較小者。 In addition, in the optical films of Examples A1 and A8, the short side (30mm) side of the sample made by cutting a rectangle of 30mm×100mm was fixed in parallel so that the distance between the opposite sides of the sample became 10mm. The fixed part arranged on the ground, in the state of folding the optical film, was subjected to a folding static test at 70°C for 12 hours. Then, after the folding and standing test, the fixed part was removed from the side of one side to release the folded state. After 30 minutes at room temperature, the angle at which the optical film naturally opened, that is, the opening angle, was measured (refer to Figure 3). (B)). As a result, the opening angle of the optical film of Example A1 is more than 100°, which is greater than the opening angle of the optical film of Example A8. In addition, as the opening angle, the folding and standing test was performed in two cases of folding with the hard coat layer on the inside and the hard coat layer on the outside, and the smaller angle was used.

進而,於比較例A3之光學膜中,由於樹脂層之膜厚過薄,故而無法吸收衝擊,於耐衝擊性試驗A中於鈉玻璃產生破裂,又,於耐衝擊性試驗B中,因追隨於黏著片材之塑性變形而導致硬塗層之表面之凹陷量較大。於比較 例A4之光學膜中,由於樹脂層之膜厚過厚,故而摺疊性較差。於比較例A5之光學膜中,由於剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"過小,故而無法吸收衝擊,於耐衝擊性試驗A中於鈉玻璃產生少許破裂。於比較例A6之光學膜中,由於剪切儲存模數G'過大並且剪切損耗模數G"過小,故而無法吸收衝擊,於耐衝擊性試驗A中亦有於鈉玻璃產生破裂之情況,又,摺疊性亦較差。相對於此,於實施例A16~A24之光學膜中,由於樹脂層之膜厚、剪切儲存模數G'及剪切損耗模數G"之平衡性良好,故而無法確認到耐衝擊性試驗A、B後之硬塗層之表面之凹陷,又,於鈉玻璃亦未產生破裂。 Furthermore, in the optical film of Comparative Example A3, the resin layer was too thin to absorb the impact. In the impact resistance test A, the soda glass cracked, and in the impact resistance test B, it followed The plastic deformation of the adhesive sheet causes a large amount of depression on the surface of the hard coat layer. In the optical film of Comparative Example A4, since the film thickness of the resin layer was too thick, the foldability was poor. In the optical film of Comparative Example A5, since the shear storage modulus G'and the shear loss modulus G" were too small, the impact could not be absorbed. In the impact resistance test A, the soda glass was slightly broken. In Comparative Example A6 In the optical film, because the shear storage modulus G'is too large and the shear loss modulus G" is too small, it cannot absorb the impact. In the impact resistance test A, there are also cases of cracking in the soda glass, and the foldability It is also poor. In contrast, in the optical films of Examples A16 to A24, the impact resistance test could not be confirmed due to the good balance between the thickness of the resin layer, the shear storage modulus G', and the shear loss modulus G" The surface of the hard coating layer after A and B is dented, and there is no crack in the soda glass.

又,分別使用上述耐久性試驗前後之實施例A1~A24之光學膜,製作與上述相同之大小之樣品,以該樣品之對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為3mm之方式,與上述同樣地將樣品安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),進行1萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為內側且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為內側之方式摺疊之試驗),分別根據與上述相同之評價基準對上述耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性以及上述耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性進行評價,結果於實施例A1~A15之光學膜中,上述耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性以及上述耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性良好。 In addition, using the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 before and after the durability test, respectively, samples of the same size as the above were produced, and the minimum distance between the two opposing sides of the sample was 3mm, the same as the above Place the sample on a durability testing machine (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System), and perform a continuous folding test in which the front side of the sample is folded 180° for 10,000 times (the hard coat layer is used as the inner side and the base material, The third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer is folded in such a way that it is inside), the continuous foldability and adhesion before the durability test and the continuous foldability and adhesion after the durability test are respectively evaluated according to the same evaluation criteria as the above The performance was evaluated, and as a result, in the optical films of Examples A1 to A15, the continuous foldability and adhesion before the aforementioned durability test and the continuous foldability and adhesion after the aforementioned durability test were good.

又,分別使用上述耐久性試驗前後之實施例A1~A24及比較例A1~A6之光學膜,製作與上述相同之大小之樣品,以該樣品之對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為30mm之方式,與上述同樣地將樣品安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH-FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),進行1萬次將樣品之背面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以硬塗層成為外側且基材、第3光學調整層或樹脂層成為內側之方式摺疊之試驗),分別根據與上述相同之評價基準對上述耐久性試驗前之連續摺疊性及密接性以及上述耐久性試驗後之連續摺疊性及密接性進行 評價,結果獲得與表1相同之結果。 In addition, the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 and Comparative Examples A1 to A6 before and after the durability test were used to prepare samples of the same size as the above, and the minimum distance between the two opposing sides of the sample was 30mm In the same way as above, the sample was mounted on a durability tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System), and a continuous folding test (with a hard coat layer) was performed by folding the back side of the sample by 180° for 10,000 times. The test of folding so that the substrate, the third optical adjustment layer or the resin layer becomes the inner side), the continuous foldability and adhesion before the durability test and after the durability test were respectively evaluated according to the same evaluation criteria as the above The continuous foldability and adhesion were evaluated, and the results were the same as those in Table 1.

又,使用實施例A1~A24之光學膜的光學膜硬塗層之馬氏硬度進行測定,結果硬塗層之馬氏硬度為650MPa。馬氏硬度係使用HYSITRON(海思創)公司製造之「TI950 TriboIndenter」,於以下之測定條件下,於硬塗層之剖面中央分別將Berkovich壓頭(三角錐)壓入500nm,保持為固定而進行殘留應力之緩和後,卸載,計測緩和後之最大荷重,使用該最大荷重Pmax(μN)與深度500nm之凹陷面積A(nm2),由Pmax/A算出。馬氏硬度設為測定10個部位而獲得之值之算術平均值。 In addition, the Martens hardness of the hard coat of the optical film of the optical films of Examples A1 to A24 was measured. As a result, the Martens hardness of the hard coat was 650 MPa. The Martens hardness is based on the "TI950 TriboIndenter" manufactured by HYSITRON. Under the following measurement conditions, the Berkovich indenter (triangular cone) is pressed into 500nm at the center of the cross section of the hard coating, and kept fixed. After the residual stress is relieved, the load is unloaded, the maximum load after the relaxation is measured, and the maximum load P max (μN) and the recessed area A (nm 2 ) with a depth of 500 nm are used to calculate from P max /A. The Martens hardness is the arithmetic mean of the values obtained by measuring 10 locations.

(測定條件) (Measurement conditions)

‧荷重速度:10nm/秒 ‧Load speed: 10nm/sec

‧保持時間:5秒 ‧Holding time: 5 seconds

‧荷重卸載速度:10nm/秒 ‧Load unloading speed: 10nm/sec

‧測定溫度:25℃ ‧Measuring temperature: 25℃

於實施例A1之聚醯亞胺系基材之與第1光學調整層側之面為相反側之面,塗佈含有含四級銨鹽之抗靜電劑(製品名「1SX-3000」,Taisei Fine Chemical公司製造)100質量份(固體成分100%換算值)、光聚合起始劑(製品名「Irg184」,BASF Japan公司製造)4質量份、溶劑(MIBK)150質量份之抗靜電層用組成物,利用棒式塗佈機塗佈抗靜電用層用組成物,形成塗膜。繼而,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發而形成膜厚100nm之抗靜電層,從而獲得光學膜。再者,該光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為抗靜電層之表面。繼而,於該光學膜之正面及背面貼合保護膜,測定使保護膜自光學膜之正面及背面剝離時之剝離帶電量,結果光學膜之正面及背面之剝離帶電量分別為-10kV~10kV之範圍內。 On the surface of the polyimide-based substrate of Example A1 opposite to the surface of the first optical adjustment layer, an antistatic agent containing a quaternary ammonium salt (product name "1SX-3000", Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.) 100 parts by mass (100% conversion value of solid content), 4 parts by mass of photopolymerization initiator (product name "Irg184", manufactured by BASF Japan), and 150 parts by mass of solvent (MIBK) for the antistatic layer The composition is coated with the composition for the antistatic layer using a bar coater to form a coating film. Then, the formed coating film was heated at 70° C. for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form an antistatic layer with a film thickness of 100 nm, thereby obtaining an optical film. Furthermore, the front side of the optical film is the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back side is the surface of the antistatic layer. Then, a protective film was attached to the front and back of the optical film, and the peeling charge amount when the protective film was peeled from the front and back of the optical film was measured. The peeling charge amount of the front and back of the optical film was -10kV~10kV, respectively. Within the range.

<<實施例B及比較例B>> <<Example B and Comparative Example B>>

<實施例B1> <Example B1>

準備厚度50μm之聚醯亞胺基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為透光性基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺基材之一面之第1面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物1,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,形成作為抗靜電硬塗層之膜厚為20μm之第1抗靜電層。繼而,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物2,形成塗膜。對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成膜厚為100nm之第2抗靜電層,形成於聚醯亞胺基材之兩面具有抗靜電層之光學膜。再者,實施例B1之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為第2抗靜電層之表面。又,抗靜電層之膜厚係使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)拍攝抗靜電層之剖面,於該剖面之影像中分別測定20個部位之抗靜電層之膜厚,採用該20個部位之膜厚之算術平均值。於實施例B2、B3及比較例B1~B3中,亦藉由與實施例B1相同之方法而測定抗靜電層之膜厚。 Prepare a polyimide substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 50μm as a translucent substrate, and apply a bar coater to the first side of the polyimide substrate. The composition 1 for the antistatic layer was applied to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the cumulative light amount becomes 200 mJ/cm 2 to form a first antistatic layer with a film thickness of 20 μm as an antistatic hard coat layer. Then, the antistatic layer composition 2 was applied to the second surface of the polyimide substrate opposite to the above-mentioned first surface using a bar coater to form a coating film. The formed coating film is heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a second antistatic layer with a film thickness of 100nm, which is formed on both sides of the polyimide substrate Optical film with antistatic layer. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example B1 is the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface is the surface of the second antistatic layer. In addition, the film thickness of the antistatic layer was taken by using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) to photograph the cross section of the antistatic layer, and the film thickness of the antistatic layer at 20 locations was measured in the image of the cross section, and the film thickness of the 20 locations was used. The arithmetic mean of thick. In Examples B2, B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the film thickness of the antistatic layer was also measured by the same method as in Example B1.

<實施例B2> <Example B2>

於實施例B2中,將第2抗靜電層之膜厚設為10μm,除此以外,以與實施例B1相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,實施例B2之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為第2抗靜電層之表面。 In Example B2, except that the film thickness of the second antistatic layer was 10 μm, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example B1. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example B2 is the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface is the surface of the second antistatic layer.

<實施例B3> <Example B3>

準備厚度50μm之聚醯亞胺基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為透光性基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺基材之一面之第1面塗佈硬塗層用組成物2,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使 其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,而形成膜厚為20μm之硬塗層。繼而,利用棒式塗佈機於硬塗層之表面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物2,形成塗膜。對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成膜厚為80nm之第1抗靜電層。其後,於高頻濺鍍裝置中,藉由對電極施加頻率13.56MHz、電力5kW之高頻電力,而使腔室內產生放電,於第1抗靜電層之表面形成膜厚為100nm且折射率為1.46之作為光學調整層之二氧化矽蒸鍍層。其後,利用棒式塗佈機於聚醯亞胺基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面塗佈抗靜電層用組成物2,形成塗膜。對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,而形成膜厚為80nm之第2抗靜電層,形成於聚醯亞胺基材之兩面側具備抗靜電層之光學膜。再者,實施例B3之光學膜之正面為二氧化矽蒸鍍層之表面,背面為第2抗靜電層之表面。 Prepare a polyimide substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 50μm as a translucent substrate, and apply a bar coater to the first side of the polyimide substrate. The hard coat layer composition 2 is applied to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film is cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the cumulative light amount becomes 200 mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer with a film thickness of 20 μm. Then, the antistatic layer composition 2 is applied to the surface of the hard coat layer by a bar coater to form a coating film. The formed coating film was heated at 70° C. for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a first antistatic layer with a film thickness of 80 nm. After that, in the high-frequency sputtering device, a high-frequency power of 13.56MHz and a power of 5kW is applied to the electrode to generate discharge in the chamber, and a film thickness of 100nm and refractive index is formed on the surface of the first antistatic layer It is a silicon dioxide vapor-deposited layer of 1.46 as an optical adjustment layer. After that, the antistatic layer composition 2 was applied to the second surface of the polyimide substrate opposite to the above-mentioned first surface using a bar coater to form a coating film. The formed coating film is heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film to form a second antistatic layer with a film thickness of 80nm, which is formed on both sides of the polyimide substrate Optical film with antistatic layer. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Example B3 is the surface of the silicon dioxide vapor-deposited layer, and the back surface is the surface of the second antistatic layer.

<比較例B1> <Comparative Example B1>

準備厚度50μm之聚醯亞胺基材(製品名「Neopulim」,Mitsubishi Gas Chemical公司製造)作為透光性基材,利用棒式塗佈機於作為聚醯亞胺基材之一面之第1面塗佈硬塗層用組成物2,形成塗膜。其後,對於所形成之塗膜,使其於70℃加熱1分鐘,藉此使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,使用紫外線照射裝置(Fusion UV System Japan公司製造,光源H BULB),於空氣中以累計光量成為200mJ/cm2之方式照射紫外線而使塗膜硬化,而形成膜厚為20μm之硬塗層,獲得光學膜。再者,比較例B1之光學膜之正面為硬塗層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺基材之與作為一面之第1面為相反側之面。 Prepare a polyimide substrate (product name "Neopulim", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 50μm as a translucent substrate, and apply a bar coater to the first side of the polyimide substrate. The hard coat layer composition 2 is applied to form a coating film. Thereafter, the formed coating film was heated at 70°C for 1 minute to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Fusion UV System Japan, light source H BULB) was used in the air. The coating film was cured by irradiating ultraviolet rays so that the accumulated light amount became 200 mJ/cm 2 to form a hard coat layer with a film thickness of 20 μm to obtain an optical film. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example B1 was the surface of the hard coat layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide substrate and the first surface as one surface was the opposite side.

<比較例B2> <Comparative Example B2>

於比較例B2中,未形成第2抗靜電層,除此以外,以與實施例B1相同之方 式獲得光學膜。再者,比較例B2之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺基材之與第1面為相反側之面。 In Comparative Example B2, except that the second antistatic layer was not formed, an optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example B1. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example B2 was the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface was the surface of the polyimide substrate opposite to the first surface.

<比較例B3> <Comparative Example B3>

於比較例B3中,未形成第2抗靜電層及二氧化矽蒸鍍層,除此以外,以與實施例B3相同之方式獲得光學膜。再者,比較例B3之光學膜之正面為第1抗靜電層之表面,背面為聚醯亞胺基材之與第1面為相反側之面。 In Comparative Example B3, the second antistatic layer and the silicon dioxide vapor-deposition layer were not formed, except that the optical film was obtained in the same manner as in Example B3. Furthermore, the front surface of the optical film of Comparative Example B3 is the surface of the first antistatic layer, and the back surface is the surface of the polyimide substrate opposite to the first surface.

<抗剝離帶電性> <Peeling resistance to electrification>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜之正面及背面貼合保護膜,測定使保護膜自光學膜之正面及背面剝離時之剝離帶電量,評價剝離帶電量之大小。具體而言,於光學膜之正面及背面貼合附黏著層之保護膜(製品名「Sunytect series」,SUN A.KAKEN公司製造),於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自光學膜之正面及背面以剝離速度10mm/秒將保護膜180°剝離,使用靜電電位測定器(製品名「KSD-0103」,春日電機公司製造),自距表面及背面為50mm之距離測定此時之光學膜之正面及背面之電位,測定剝離帶電量。剝離帶電量係於光學膜之兩面分別測定10次,設為測定10次所獲得之剝離帶電量之算術平均值。評價基準如以下所述。 A protective film was attached to the front and back surfaces of the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, and the peeling charge amount when the protective film was peeled from the front and back of the optical film was measured, and the peeling charge amount was evaluated. Specifically, a protective film with an adhesive layer (product name "Sunytect series", manufactured by SUN A. KAKEN) is attached to the front and back of the optical film, and the optical film is removed from the optical film at 23°C and 50% relative humidity. The front and back of the protective film are peeled 180° at a peeling speed of 10mm/sec. Use an electrostatic potential measuring device (product name "KSD-0103", manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co.) to measure the distance from the front and back of 50mm. The potential of the front and back of the optical film was measured to measure the peeling charge. The peeling charge amount was measured 10 times on both sides of the optical film, and set as the arithmetic average of the peeling charge amount obtained by the 10 measurements. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

○:光學膜之正面及背面之剝離帶電量均為0kV~5kV之範圍內。 ○: The peeling charge amount of the front and back of the optical film are both within the range of 0kV~5kV.

×:光學膜之正面及背面之剝離帶電量之任一者超過5kV。 ×: Either the peeling charge amount of the front and back of the optical film exceeds 5kV.

<表面電阻值> <Surface resistance value>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,於與實施例A相同之測定條件下,分別測定正面及背面之表面電阻值。 In the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, under the same measurement conditions as in Example A, the surface resistance values of the front and back surfaces were measured, respectively.

<連續摺疊性> <Continuous Foldability>

將實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜切割為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作樣品,將該樣品以如下方式安裝於耐久試驗機(製品名「DLDMLH- FS」,Yuasa System公司製造),即,將樣品之短邊(30mm)側利用固定部分別固定,且對向之2個邊部之最小間隔成為3mm,進行10萬次將樣品之正面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以第1抗靜電層、光學調整層或硬塗層成為內側且第2抗靜電層或聚醯亞胺基材成為外側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。又,將關於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜與上述同樣地製作之新樣品以與上述相同之方式安裝於上述耐久試驗機,進行10萬次將樣品之背面側摺疊180°之連續摺疊試驗(以第1抗靜電層、光學調整層或硬塗層成為外側且第2抗靜電層或聚醯亞胺基材成為內側之方式摺疊之試驗),研究於彎曲部是否未產生破裂或斷裂。根據以下之基準對連續摺疊試驗之結果進行評價。 The optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were cut into 30mm×100mm rectangles to prepare samples, and the samples were mounted on a durability tester (product name "DLDMLH-FS", manufactured by Yuasa System) as follows ), that is, the short side (30mm) side of the sample is respectively fixed by the fixing part, and the minimum distance between the two opposing sides becomes 3mm, and the continuous folding test is carried out by folding the front side of the sample 180° for 100,000 times ( Fold the first antistatic layer, the optical adjustment layer or the hard coat layer on the inside and the second antistatic layer or the polyimide substrate on the outside) to investigate whether there are no cracks or breaks in the bent part. In addition, new samples made in the same manner as above for the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were installed in the durability tester in the same manner as above, and the back side of the samples was folded 180 times in the same manner as above. ° Continuous folding test (a test that the first antistatic layer, optical adjustment layer or hard coat layer becomes the outer side and the second antistatic layer or polyimide substrate becomes the inner side) to investigate whether the bending part is not Cracks or breaks occur. The results of the continuous folding test were evaluated according to the following criteria.

○:於任一連續摺疊試驗中,均未於彎曲部產生破裂或斷裂。 ○: In any continuous folding test, no crack or breakage occurred in the bent portion.

×:於任一連續摺疊試驗中,於彎曲部產生破裂或斷裂。 ×: In any continuous folding test, cracks or breaks occurred in the bent portion.

<鉛筆硬度> <Pencil Hardness>

對實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜之正面,基於JIS K5600-5-4:1999進行鉛筆硬度試驗並進行評價。鉛筆硬度試驗係藉由如下方式進行,即,使用2H鉛筆,將以50mm×100mm之大小切出之光學膜以於玻璃板上無彎折或褶皺之方式利用Nichiban公司製造之Cellotape(註冊商標)進行固定,於該狀態下,一面對鉛筆施加1kg之荷重一面使鉛筆以速度1mm/秒移動。鉛筆硬度試驗係進行5次,於螢光燈下對鉛筆硬度試驗後之光學膜之正面進行穿透觀察,研究5次中有幾次未於表面視認到損傷。評價基準如以下所述。 The front surface of the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were subjected to a pencil hardness test and evaluated based on JIS K5600-5-4:1999. The pencil hardness test is carried out by using a 2H pencil, using the Cellotape (registered trademark) manufactured by Nichiban Corporation to cut an optical film with a size of 50mm×100mm on the glass plate without bending or wrinkles. Fix it. In this state, while applying a load of 1 kg to the pencil, move the pencil at a speed of 1 mm/sec. The pencil hardness test was performed 5 times. The front side of the optical film after the pencil hardness test was penetratively observed under a fluorescent lamp. In the 5 times of the study, no damage was recognized on the surface. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

○:於2H鉛筆時,未於表面視認到損傷。 ○: In the case of a 2H pencil, no damage was visually recognized on the surface.

×:於2H鉛筆時,於表面視認到損傷。 ×: In the case of a 2H pencil, damage is recognized on the surface.

<飽和帶電壓> <Saturation Band Voltage>

於與實施例A相同之測定條件下,分別測定實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3 之光學膜之正面及背面之飽和帶電壓。 Under the same measurement conditions as in Example A, the saturation charged voltages of the front and back surfaces of the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3 were respectively measured.

<黃色指數(YI)> <Yellow Index (YI)>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,於與實施例A相同之條件下測定黃色指數並進行評價。評價基準如以下所述。 In the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the yellow index was measured and evaluated under the same conditions as in Example A. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

◎:YI未達1.5。 ◎: YI is less than 1.5.

○:YI為1.5以上且未達10.0。 ○: YI is 1.5 or more and less than 10.0.

△:YI為10.0以上且15.0以下。 △: YI is 10.0 or more and 15.0 or less.

×:YI超過15.0。 ×: YI exceeds 15.0.

<視感反射率> <Visual Reflectance>

於實施例B1~B3及比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,測定波長380nm~780nm之光之視感反射率並進行評價。視感反射率係使用分光光度計(製品名「UV-2450」,島津製作所公司製造,光源:鎢絲燈及氘燈),自切成5cm×10cm之大小之光學膜之正面側照射波長380nm~780nm之光,由自光學膜反射之波長380nm~780nm之光進行測定。具體而言,自各光學膜之正面側照射入射角度5度之光,接受經各光學膜反射之正反射方向之反射光,測定380nm~780nm之波長範圍之反射率,其後,藉由以人眼所感受到之亮度進行換算之軟體(例如內置於UV-2450之軟體)算出視感反射率。評價基準如以下所述。 In the optical films of Examples B1 to B3 and Comparative Examples B1 to B3, the visual reflectance of light with a wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm was measured and evaluated. The visual reflectance is measured by using a spectrophotometer (product name "UV-2450", manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, light source: tungsten lamp and deuterium lamp), and the front side of the optical film cut into a size of 5cm×10cm. The irradiation wavelength is 380nm The light of ~780nm is measured by the light of wavelength 380nm~780nm reflected from the optical film. Specifically, light with an incident angle of 5 degrees is irradiated from the front side of each optical film, and the reflected light in the regular reflection direction reflected by each optical film is received, and the reflectance in the wavelength range of 380nm~780nm is measured. The software that converts the brightness perceived by the eyes (such as the software built in UV-2450) calculates the visual reflectance. The evaluation criteria are as follows.

◎:視感反射率為3%以下。 ◎: The visual reflectance is 3% or less.

○:視感反射率超過3%且為10%以下。 ○: The visual reflectance exceeds 3% and is 10% or less.

△:視感反射率超過10%且為15%以下。 △: The visual reflectance exceeds 10% and is 15% or less.

×:視感反射率超過15%。 ×: The visual reflectance exceeds 15%.

以下將結果示於表4。 The results are shown in Table 4 below.

Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0097-34
Figure 107107707-A0202-12-0097-34

以下,對結果進行敘述。於比較例B1~B3之光學膜中,由於未設置第1抗靜電層及/或第2抗靜電層,故而剝離保護膜時之抗剝離帶電性較差。相對於此,於實施例B1~B3之光學膜中,由於設置有第1抗靜電層及第2抗靜電層,故而剝離保護膜時之抗剝離帶電性優異。 The results will be described below. In the optical films of Comparative Examples B1 to B3, since the first antistatic layer and/or the second antistatic layer were not provided, the peeling resistance when the protective film was peeled off was poor. In contrast, in the optical films of Examples B1 to B3, since the first antistatic layer and the second antistatic layer are provided, the peeling resistance when the protective film is peeled off is excellent.

又,於實施例B1~B3之光學膜中,將切割為30mm×100mm之長方形而製作之樣品之短邊(30mm)側以樣品所對向之邊部之間隔成為3mm之方式分別固定於平行地配置之固定部,於摺疊光學膜之狀態下,進行於70℃靜置240小時之摺疊靜置試驗。繼而,於摺疊靜置試驗後自單側之邊部卸除固定部,藉此解除摺疊狀態,於室溫下經過30分鐘後測定光學膜自然地打開之角度即開度角,結果實施例B2之光學膜之開度角為100°以上,大於實施例B1、B3之光學膜之開度角。再者,作為開度角,於以第1抗靜電層成為內側之方式摺疊之情形與以第1抗靜電層成為外側之方式摺疊之兩種情形時,進行摺疊靜置試驗,採用角度較小者。 In addition, in the optical films of Examples B1 to B3, the short side (30mm) side of the sample made by cutting into a rectangle of 30mm×100mm was fixed in parallel so that the distance between the opposite sides of the sample became 3mm. The fixed part arranged on the ground, in the state of folding the optical film, was subjected to a folding and standing test at 70°C for 240 hours. Then, after the folding and standing test, the fixed part was removed from the edge of one side to release the folded state. After 30 minutes at room temperature, the angle at which the optical film was naturally opened, that is, the opening angle, was measured. Example B2 The opening angle of the optical film is more than 100°, which is greater than the opening angle of the optical film of Examples B1 and B3. In addition, as the opening angle, when folding with the first antistatic layer on the inside and when folding with the first antistatic layer on the outside, a folding static test was performed, and the angle was smaller. By.

又,於與實施例A相同之條件下,測定實施例B1、B2之光學膜之第1抗靜電層及第3光學膜之硬塗層之馬氏硬度,結果第1抗靜電層及硬塗層之馬氏硬度為612MPa。 In addition, under the same conditions as in Example A, the Martens hardness of the first antistatic layer and the hard coating of the third optical film of the optical films of Examples B1 and B2 were measured, and the results showed that the first antistatic layer and the hard coating The Martens hardness of the layer is 612MPa.

10‧‧‧光學膜 10‧‧‧Optical film

10A、12A‧‧‧正面 10A、12A‧‧‧Front

10B‧‧‧背面 10B‧‧‧Back

11‧‧‧樹脂基材 11‧‧‧Resin substrate

11A‧‧‧第1面 11A‧‧‧Side 1

11B‧‧‧第2面 11B‧‧‧Side 2

12‧‧‧功能層 12‧‧‧Functional layer

13‧‧‧第1光學調整層 13‧‧‧The first optical adjustment layer

14‧‧‧第2光學調整層 14‧‧‧Second optical adjustment layer

15‧‧‧第3光學調整層 15‧‧‧The third optical adjustment layer

15A‧‧‧光學調整層之與樹脂基材側之面為相反側之面 15A‧‧‧The surface of the optical adjustment layer and the resin substrate side is the opposite side

Claims (20)

一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:樹脂基材,其係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成;功能層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之第1面側;第1光學調整層,其設置於上述樹脂基材與上述功能層之間,且鄰接於上述功能層;及樹脂層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面側為相反側之第2面側且膜厚為50μm以上且300μm以下;上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切儲存模數G'超過200MPa且為1200MPa以下,且上述光學膜之在25℃並於500Hz以上且1000Hz以下之頻率區域之剪切損耗模數G"為3MPa以上且150MPa以下。 An optical film, which is used in an image display device and is foldable, and is provided with: a resin substrate, which is selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin and Consisting of one or more resins in the group consisting of polyester resins; a functional layer provided on the first surface side of the resin substrate; a first optical adjustment layer provided on the resin substrate and the function Between the layers and adjacent to the functional layer; and a resin layer provided on the second surface side of the resin substrate opposite to the first surface side and having a film thickness of 50 μm or more and 300 μm or less; the optical film The shear storage modulus G'at 25℃ and above 500Hz and below 1000Hz in the frequency region exceeds 200MPa and below 1200MPa, and the above-mentioned optical film is sheared at 25℃ and above 500Hz and below 1000Hz in the frequency region The loss modulus G" is 3 MPa or more and 150 MPa or less. 如請求項1所述之光學膜,其進而具備第3光學調整層,該第3光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述樹脂層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。 The optical film according to claim 1, further comprising a third optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the resin layer and adjacent to the resin substrate. 一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:樹脂基材,其係由選自由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂及聚酯系樹脂所組成之群中之1種以上之樹脂所構成;功能層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之第1面側;第1光學調整層,其設置於上述樹脂基材與上述功能層之間,且鄰接於上述功能層;及第3光學調整層,其設置於上述樹脂基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面。 An optical film, which is used in an image display device and is foldable, and is provided with: a resin substrate, which is selected from the group consisting of polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin and Consisting of one or more resins in the group consisting of polyester resins; a functional layer provided on the first surface side of the resin substrate; a first optical adjustment layer provided on the resin substrate and the function Between the layers and adjacent to the above-mentioned functional layer; and a third optical adjustment layer provided on the second surface of the above-mentioned resin substrate which is opposite to the above-mentioned first surface. 如請求項1或3所述之光學膜,其中,上述第1光學調整層之折射率低於上述樹脂基材之折射率,且高於上述功能層之折射率。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 3, wherein the refractive index of the first optical adjustment layer is lower than the refractive index of the resin substrate and higher than the refractive index of the functional layer. 如請求項1或3所述之光學膜,其中,上述第1光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 3, wherein the film thickness of the first optical adjustment layer is 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less. 如請求項1或3所述之光學膜,其進而具備第2光學調整層,該第2光學調整層設置於上述樹脂基材與上述第1光學調整層之間,且鄰接於上述樹脂基材。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 3, further comprising a second optical adjustment layer provided between the resin substrate and the first optical adjustment layer and adjacent to the resin substrate . 如請求項6所述之光學膜,其中,上述第2光學調整層之膜厚為30nm以上且200nm以下。 The optical film according to claim 6, wherein the film thickness of the second optical adjustment layer is 30 nm or more and 200 nm or less. 如請求項1或3所述之光學膜,其中,上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 3, wherein the yellow index of the optical film is 15 or less. 如請求項1或3所述之光學膜,其中,於上述光學膜中,於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為內側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為10mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 3, wherein the optical film is folded so that the functional layer becomes the inner side and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film becomes 10 mm after the repetition is performed 10,000 times No cracks or breaks occurred during the 180° test. 如請求項1或3所述之光學膜,其中,於上述光學膜中,於反覆進行1萬次之以上述功能層成為外側且上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為30mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 The optical film according to claim 1 or 3, wherein the optical film is folded in such a manner that the functional layer becomes the outer side and the distance between the opposing sides of the optical film becomes 30 mm after the repetition is performed 10,000 times No cracks or breaks occurred during the 180° test. 一種光學膜,其係用於影像顯示裝置且可摺疊者,且具備:透光性基材;第1抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之第1面側;及第2抗靜電層,其設置於上述透光性基材之與上述第1面為相反側之第2面側。 An optical film, which is used in an image display device and is foldable, and includes: a light-transmitting substrate; a first antistatic layer disposed on the first side of the light-transmitting substrate; and a second antistatic layer The electrostatic layer is provided on the second surface side of the translucent base material that is opposite to the first surface. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其中,上述光學膜之黃色指數為15以下。 The optical film according to claim 11, wherein the yellow index of the optical film is 15 or less. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其中,上述第1抗靜電層為抗靜電性硬塗層。 The optical film according to claim 11, wherein the first antistatic layer is an antistatic hard coat layer. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其進而具備光學調整層,該光學調整層設置於上述第1抗靜電層之與上述透光性基材側相反之側。 The optical film according to claim 11, further comprising an optical adjustment layer provided on the side opposite to the translucent substrate side of the first antistatic layer. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其進而具備硬塗層,該硬塗層設置於上述透光性基材與上述第1抗靜電層之間。 The optical film according to claim 11, further comprising a hard coat layer provided between the light-transmitting substrate and the first antistatic layer. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其中,於23℃、相對濕度50%之環境下,自距上述光學膜之正面為50mm之距離施加10kV之電壓時之上述光學膜之上述正面之飽和帶電壓之絕對值超過0kV。 The optical film according to claim 11, wherein the saturation band of the front surface of the optical film when a voltage of 10kV is applied from the front surface of the optical film at a distance of 50 mm from the front surface of the optical film under an environment of 23°C and 50% relative humidity The absolute value of the voltage exceeds 0kV. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其中,於上述光學膜中,於反覆進行10萬次之以上述光學膜所對向之邊部之間隔成為3mm之方式摺疊180°之試驗之情形時不產生破裂或斷裂。 The optical film according to claim 11, wherein, in the above-mentioned optical film, the test is not performed when the test of 180° is folded so that the distance between the opposite sides of the above-mentioned optical film becomes 3mm after repeated 100,000 times. Cracks or breaks occur. 如請求項11所述之光學膜,其中,上述透光性基材係由聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、或該等之混合物所構成之基材。 The optical film according to claim 11, wherein the light-transmitting substrate is a substrate composed of a polyimide-based resin, a polyamide-based resin, or a mixture of these. 一種可摺疊之影像顯示裝置,其具備:顯示元件;及如請求項1、3或11所述之光學膜,其配置於較上述顯示元件更靠觀察者側。 A foldable image display device comprising: a display element; and the optical film according to claim 1, 3 or 11, which is arranged on the side of the observer more than the display element. 如請求項19所述之影像顯示裝置,其中,上述顯示元件為有機發光二極體元件。 The image display device according to claim 19, wherein the display element is an organic light emitting diode element.
TW107107707A 2017-03-29 2018-03-07 Optical film and image display device TWI731228B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017064583 2017-03-29
JPJP2017-064583 2017-03-29
JPJP2018-035426 2018-02-28
JP2018035426A JP7119424B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-02-28 Optical film and image display device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201841733A TW201841733A (en) 2018-12-01
TWI731228B true TWI731228B (en) 2021-06-21

Family

ID=65431010

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107107707A TWI731228B (en) 2017-03-29 2018-03-07 Optical film and image display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI731228B (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI777742B (en) * 2021-05-18 2022-09-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Fingerprint recognition device

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102209749A (en) * 2008-11-27 2011-10-05 株式会社日本触媒 Optical film and method for producing same
CN102628969A (en) * 2007-02-21 2012-08-08 王子制纸株式会社 Sheet having uneven pattern formed thereon and method for production thereof
JP2014040037A (en) * 2012-08-22 2014-03-06 Toray Advanced Film Co Ltd Hard coat film, transparent conductive film, and touch panel
JP2014046608A (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Laminate, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, touch panel sensor, touch panel device, and picture display device
TW201445380A (en) * 2013-05-22 2014-12-01 Pegatron Corp Dual sided touch and displaying device and foldable electronic apparatus therewith
WO2016035636A1 (en) * 2014-09-01 2016-03-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Circularly polarizing film, optical film and image display device
WO2017014198A1 (en) * 2015-07-17 2017-01-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate for optical members and image display device

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102628969A (en) * 2007-02-21 2012-08-08 王子制纸株式会社 Sheet having uneven pattern formed thereon and method for production thereof
CN102209749A (en) * 2008-11-27 2011-10-05 株式会社日本触媒 Optical film and method for producing same
JP2014040037A (en) * 2012-08-22 2014-03-06 Toray Advanced Film Co Ltd Hard coat film, transparent conductive film, and touch panel
JP2014046608A (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-17 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Laminate, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, touch panel sensor, touch panel device, and picture display device
TW201445380A (en) * 2013-05-22 2014-12-01 Pegatron Corp Dual sided touch and displaying device and foldable electronic apparatus therewith
WO2016035636A1 (en) * 2014-09-01 2016-03-10 富士フイルム株式会社 Circularly polarizing film, optical film and image display device
WO2017014198A1 (en) * 2015-07-17 2017-01-26 大日本印刷株式会社 Laminate for optical members and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201841733A (en) 2018-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7119424B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7331829B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP6773118B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
CN110249376B (en) Optical film and image display device
TWI755569B (en) Optical film and image display device
TWI734849B (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7000701B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
WO2018180304A1 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7409456B2 (en) Optical films and image display devices
WO2021060560A1 (en) Resin layer, optical film, and image display device
JP2019045804A (en) Polyimide film, optical film, and image display device
JP7435640B2 (en) Light transparent film with protective film and protective film
TWI731228B (en) Optical film and image display device
JP7572143B2 (en) Optical film and image display device
JP2024050846A (en) Optical film and image display device
JP2024095702A (en) Resin layer, optical film and image display device